Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM 10-Q

 

(Mark One)

 

x

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the quarterly period ended December 31, 2013

 

or

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from              to              

 

Commission file number: 0-24786

 

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

04-2739697

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

200 Wheeler Road

 

 

Burlington, Massachusetts

 

01803

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

(781) 221-6400

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 


 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:   Yes  x  No  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  x  No  o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer    x

 

Accelerated filer   o

Non-accelerated filer    o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company    o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act): Yes  o  No  x

 

As of January 23, 2014, there were 92,504,829 shares of the registrant’s common stock (par value $0.10 per share) outstanding.

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Financial Statements

3

Item 2.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

21

Item 3.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

40

Item 4.

Controls and Procedures

41

 

 

 

 

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Legal Proceedings

42

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

42

Item 2.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

43

Item 5.

Other Information

44

Item 6.

Exhibits

45

 

SIGNATURES

 

 

AspenOne is one of our registered trademarks. All other trade names, including Premier Plus, trademarks and service marks appearing in this Form 10-Q are the property of their respective owners.

 

Our fiscal year ends on June 30, and references to a specific fiscal year are the twelve months ended June 30 of such year (for example, “fiscal 2014” refers to the year ended June 30, 2014).

 

2



Table of Contents

 

PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Item 1.    Financial Statements.

 

Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except per Share Data)

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subscription and software

 

$

88,924

 

$

69,037

 

$

167,607

 

$

132,800

 

Services and other

 

9,845

 

8,272

 

18,727

 

15,966

 

Total revenue

 

98,769

 

77,309

 

186,334

 

148,766

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subscription and software

 

5,022

 

5,118

 

9,642

 

10,246

 

Services and other

 

7,421

 

7,255

 

14,879

 

14,465

 

Total cost of revenue

 

12,443

 

12,373

 

24,521

 

24,711

 

Gross profit

 

86,326

 

64,936

 

161,813

 

124,055

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing

 

24,178

 

23,303

 

47,109

 

44,894

 

Research and development

 

15,016

 

15,039

 

30,850

 

30,805

 

General and administrative

 

11,013

 

11,671

 

22,889

 

24,439

 

Restructuring charges

 

7

 

(6

)

4

 

34

 

Total operating expenses

 

50,214

 

50,007

 

100,852

 

100,172

 

Income from operations

 

36,112

 

14,929

 

60,961

 

23,883

 

Interest income

 

307

 

955

 

694

 

2,054

 

Interest expense

 

(8

)

(116

)

(26

)

(373

)

Other income (expense), net

 

(531

)

(57

)

(1,335

)

(334

)

Income before provision for income taxes

 

35,880

 

15,711

 

60,294

 

25,230

 

Provision for income taxes

 

12,617

 

5,774

 

22,032

 

10,880

 

Net income

 

$

23,263

 

$

9,937

 

$

38,262

 

$

14,350

 

Net income per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.25

 

$

0.11

 

$

0.41

 

$

0.15

 

Diluted

 

$

0.25

 

$

0.10

 

$

0.41

 

$

0.15

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

92,839

 

93,512

 

93,124

 

93,470

 

Diluted

 

93,816

 

95,463

 

94,137

 

95,541

 

 

See accompanying Notes to these unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

23,263

 

$

9,937

 

$

38,262

 

$

14,350

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains on available for sale securities, net of tax effects of $6 and $47 for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013

 

11

 

 

88

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

(3

)

(361

)

1,333

 

607

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

8

 

(361

)

1,421

 

607

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

23,271

 

$

9,576

 

$

39,683

 

$

14,957

 

 

See accompanying Notes to these unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2013

 

2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except
Share Data)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

137,477

 

$

132,432

 

Short-term marketable securities

 

81,173

 

57,015

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

30,043

 

36,988

 

Current portion of installments receivable, net

 

5,617

 

13,769

 

Unbilled services

 

782

 

1,965

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

9,422

 

9,665

 

Prepaid income taxes

 

273

 

288

 

Current deferred tax assets

 

26,422

 

33,229

 

Total current assets

 

291,209

 

285,351

 

Long-term marketable securities

 

17,057

 

35,353

 

Non-current installments receivable, net

 

992

 

963

 

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net

 

7,123

 

7,829

 

Computer software development costs, net

 

1,733

 

1,742

 

Goodwill

 

19,199

 

19,132

 

Non-current deferred tax assets

 

15,130

 

25,250

 

Other non-current assets

 

6,468

 

7,128

 

Total assets

 

$

358,911

 

$

382,748

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

1,133

 

$

846

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

29,042

 

34,421

 

Income taxes payable

 

1,767

 

1,697

 

Current deferred revenue

 

181,072

 

178,341

 

Current deferred tax liabilities

 

156

 

156

 

Total current liabilities

 

213,170

 

215,461

 

Non-current deferred revenue

 

43,695

 

53,012

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

11,571

 

12,377

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.10 par value—Authorized— 3,636 shares as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013 Issued and outstanding— none as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.10 par value— Authorized—210,000,000 shares Issued— 100,549,498 shares at December 31, 2013 and 99,945,545 shares at June 30, 2013 Outstanding— 92,617,481 shares at December 31, 2013 and 93,683,769 shares at June 30, 2013

 

10,055

 

9,995

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

583,523

 

575,770

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(311,555

)

(349,817

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

8,684

 

7,263

 

Treasury stock, at cost—7,932,017 shares of common stock at December 31, 2013 and 6,261,776 shares of common stock at June 30, 2013

 

(200,232

)

(141,313

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

90,475

 

101,898

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

358,911

 

$

382,748

 

 

See accompanying Notes to these unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

5



Table of Contents

 

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

38,262

 

$

14,350

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

2,479

 

2,687

 

Net foreign currency loss (gain)

 

1,079

 

(304

)

Stock-based compensation

 

7,538

 

7,768

 

Deferred income taxes

 

16,791

 

9,858

 

Provision for bad debts

 

786

 

162

 

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation

 

(83

)

 

Other non-cash operating activities

 

896

 

28

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

6,494

 

(7,957

)

Unbilled services

 

1,171

 

606

 

Prepaid expenses, prepaid income taxes, and other assets

 

1,536

 

5,905

 

Installment receivables

 

8,345

 

25,101

 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities

 

(5,568

)

(8,503

)

Deferred revenue

 

(7,470

)

4,439

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

72,256

 

54,140

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of marketable securities

 

(18,992

)

 

Maturities of marketable securities

 

12,424

 

 

Purchase of property, equipment and leasehold improvements

 

(1,724

)

(2,567

)

Insurance proceeds

 

 

2,222

 

Purchase of technology intangibles

 

 

(527

)

Capitalized computer software development costs

 

(504

)

(435

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(8,796

)

(1,307

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options

 

4,430

 

9,120

 

Repayments of secured borrowings

 

 

(11,010

)

Repurchases of common stock

 

(58,919

)

(36,852

)

Payment of tax withholding obligations related to restricted stock

 

(4,237

)

(4,288

)

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation

 

83

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(58,643

)

(43,030

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

228

 

179

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

5,045

 

9,982

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

132,432

 

165,242

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

137,477

 

$

175,224

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax paid, net

 

$

5,045

 

$

1,812

 

Interest paid

 

26

 

373

 

 

See accompanying Notes to these unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

  NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.  Interim Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The accompanying interim unaudited consolidated financial statements of Aspen Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries have been prepared on the same basis as our annual consolidated financial statements.  We have omitted certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in our annual consolidated financial statements.  Such interim unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP), as defined in the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 270,  Interim Reporting , for interim financial information and with the instructions to Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements.  It is suggested that these unaudited consolidated financial statements be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2013, which are contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, as previously filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). In the opinion of management, all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring adjustments, considered necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows at the dates and for the periods presented have been included and all intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The results of operations for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the subsequent quarter or for the full fiscal year.

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Unless the context requires otherwise, references to we, our and us refer to Aspen Technology, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain line items in prior period financial statements have been reclassified to conform to currently reported presentations.

 

2.  Significant Accounting Policies

 

(a)          Overview of Licensing Model Changes

 

Transition to the aspenONE Licensing Model

 

Prior to fiscal 2010, we offered term or perpetual licenses to specific products, or specifically defined sets of products, which we refer to as point products. The majority of our license revenue was recognized under an “upfront revenue model,” in which the net present value of the aggregate license fees was recognized as revenue upon shipment of the point products. Customers typically received one year of post-contract software maintenance and support, or SMS, with their license agreements and then could elect to renew SMS annually. Revenue from SMS was recognized ratably over the period in which the SMS was delivered.

 

In fiscal 2010, we introduced the following changes to our licensing model:

 

(i)    We began offering our software on a subscription basis, allowing our customers access to all products within a licensed suite (aspenONE Engineering or aspenONE Manufacturing and Supply Chain). SMS is included for the entire term of the arrangement and customers are entitled to any software products or updates introduced into the licensed suite. We refer to this license arrangement as our aspenONE licensing model.

 

(ii)   We began to include SMS for the entire term on our point product term arrangements.

 

Revenue related to our aspenONE licensing model is recognized over the term of the arrangement on a ratable basis. During fiscal 2010 and 2011, license revenue related to our point product arrangements with SMS included for the entire term of the arrangement was generally recognized on the due date of each annual installment, provided all revenue recognition criteria were met. Beginning in fiscal 2012, with the introduction of our Premier Plus SMS offering, we were unable to establish evidence of the fair value for the SMS component, and revenue from these arrangements is now recognized on a ratable basis.

 

The changes to our licensing model introduced in fiscal 2010 did not change the method or timing of customer billings or cash collections. Since the introduction of these changes, our net cash provided by operating activities has increased in each annual period from $33.0 million in fiscal 2009 to $146.6 million in fiscal 2013. During these periods we have realized steadily improving cash flow due to growth of our portfolio of term license contracts, as well as from the renewal of customer contracts,

 

7



Table of Contents

 

on an installment basis, that were previously paid upfront.

 

Impact of Licensing Model Changes

 

The principal accounting implications of the changes to our licensing model in fiscal 2010 are as follows:

 

·                   Prior to fiscal 2010, the majority of our license revenue was recognized on an upfront basis. Since the upfront model resulted in the net present value of multiple years of future installments being recognized at the time of shipment, the changes to our licensing model resulted in a reduction in our software license revenue for fiscal 2010, 2011 and 2012 as compared to the fiscal years preceding our licensing model changes. These changes did not impact the incurrence or timing of our expenses, and there was no corresponding expense reduction to offset the lower revenue, resulting in operating losses for fiscal 2010, 2011 and 2012.  By fiscal 2013, a sufficient number of license arrangements had been renewed on the aspenONE licensing model to generate ratable revenue sufficient to support an operating profit.

 

·                   Since fiscal 2010, the SMS component of our services and other revenue (“legacy SMS revenue”) has decreased, and been offset by a corresponding increase in subscription and software revenue as customers have transitioned to our aspenONE licensing model. Under our aspenONE licensing model and for point product arrangements with Premier Plus SMS included for the full contract term, the entire arrangement fee, including the SMS component, is included within subscription and software revenue.

 

Legacy SMS revenue is no longer significant in relation to our total revenue due to the number of our term license arrangements that have been converted to the aspenONE licensing model. As a result, beginning with the first quarter of fiscal 2014, legacy SMS revenue is included within subscription and software revenue in our unaudited consolidated statements of operations. Prior to fiscal 2014, legacy SMS revenue was included within services and other revenue in our unaudited consolidated statements of operations.  For further information, please refer to the “Revenue Reclassification” section below.

 

·                   Installment payments from aspenONE agreements and from point product arrangements with SMS included for the contract term are not considered fixed or determinable, and as a result, are not included in installments receivable. Accordingly, our installments receivable balance has decreased as licenses previously executed under our upfront revenue model reached the end of their terms.

 

·                   The amount of our deferred revenue has increased as more revenue from our term license portfolio has been recognized on a ratable basis.

 

Introduction of our Premier Plus SMS Offering

 

Beginning in fiscal 2012, we introduced our Premier Plus SMS offering to provide more value to our customers. As part of this offering, customers receive 24x7 support, faster response times, dedicated technical advocates and access to web-based training modules. The Premier Plus SMS offering is only provided to customers that commit to SMS for the entire term of the arrangement.  Our annually renewable legacy SMS offering continues to be available to customers with legacy term and perpetual license agreements.

 

The introduction of our Premier Plus SMS offering in fiscal 2012 resulted in a change to the revenue recognition of point product arrangements that include Premier Plus SMS for the term of the arrangement.  Since we do not have vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value, or VSOE, for our Premier Plus SMS offering, the SMS element of our point product arrangements is not separable, resulting in revenue being recognized ratably over the term of the arrangement, once the other revenue recognition criteria have been met.  Prior to fiscal 2012, license revenue was recognized on the due date of each annual installment, provided all revenue recognition criteria were met.  The introduction of our Premier Plus SMS offering did not change the revenue recognition for our aspenONE licensing arrangements.

 

(b)          Revenue Recognition

 

We generate revenue from the following sources: (1) licensing software products; (2) providing SMS and training; and (3) providing professional services. We sell our software products to end users under fixed-term and perpetual licenses. As a standard business practice, we offer extended payment term options for our fixed-term license arrangements, which are generally payable on an annual basis. Certain of our fixed-term license agreements include product mixing rights that allow customers the flexibility to change or alternate the use of multiple products included in the license arrangement after those products are delivered to the customer. We refer to these arrangements as token arrangements. Tokens are fixed units of measure. The amount of software usage is limited by the number of tokens purchased by the customer.

 

Four basic criteria must be satisfied before software license revenue can be recognized: persuasive evidence of an

 

8



Table of Contents

 

arrangement between us and an end user; delivery of our product has occurred; the fee for the product is fixed or determinable; and collection of the fee is probable.

 

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement —We use a signed contract as evidence of an arrangement for software licenses and SMS. For professional services we use a signed contract and a work proposal to evidence an arrangement. In cases where both a signed contract and a purchase order are required by the customer, we consider both taken together as evidence of the arrangement.

 

Delivery of our product —Software and the corresponding access keys are generally delivered to customers electronically or via disk media with standard shipping terms of FOB Origin. Our software license agreements do not contain conditions for acceptance.

 

Fee is fixed or determinable —We assess whether a fee is fixed or determinable at the outset of the arrangement. Significant judgment is involved in making this assessment.

 

Under our upfront revenue model, we are able to demonstrate that the fees are fixed or determinable for all arrangements, including those for our term licenses that contain extended payment terms. We have an established history of collecting under the terms of these contracts without providing concessions to customers. In addition, we also assess whether a contract modification to an existing term arrangement constitutes a concession. In making this assessment, significant analysis is performed to ensure that no concessions are given. Our software license agreements do not include a right of return or exchange. For license arrangements executed under the upfront revenue model, we recognize license revenue upon delivery of the software product, provided all other revenue recognition requirements are met.

 

We cannot assert that the fees under our aspenONE licensing model and point product arrangements with Premier Plus SMS are fixed or determinable because the rights provided to customers, and the economics of the arrangements, are not comparable to our transactions with other customers under the upfront revenue model. As a result, the amount of revenue recognized for these arrangements is limited by the amount of customer payments that become due.

 

Collection of fee is probable —We assess the probability of collecting from each customer at the outset of the arrangement based on a number of factors, including the customer’s payment history, its current creditworthiness, economic conditions in the customer’s industry and geographic location, and general economic conditions. If in our judgment collection of a fee is not probable, revenue is recognized as cash is collected, provided all other conditions for revenue recognition have been met.

 

Vendor-Specific Objective Evidence of Fair Value

 

We have established VSOE for certain SMS offerings, professional services, and training, but not for our software products or our Premier Plus SMS offering. We assess VSOE for SMS, professional services, and training, based on an analysis of standalone sales of the offerings using the bell-shaped curve approach. During fiscal 2011, we used optional renewals of SMS on our legacy term license arrangements to support VSOE for SMS included in our fixed term point product arrangements which include SMS for the term of the arrangement. We do not have a history of selling our Premier Plus SMS offering to customers on a standalone basis, and as a result are unable to establish VSOE for this deliverable.

 

We allocate the arrangement consideration among the elements included in our multi-element arrangements using the residual method. Under the residual method, the VSOE of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee for perpetual and term licenses is recognized as revenue upon delivery of the software, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. If VSOE does not exist for an undelivered element in an arrangement, revenue is deferred until such evidence does exist for the undelivered elements, or until all elements are delivered, whichever is earlier.  Under the upfront revenue model, the residual license fee is recognized upon delivery of the software provided all other revenue recognition criteria were met. Arrangements that qualify for upfront recognition include sales of perpetual licenses, amendments to existing legacy term arrangements and renewals of legacy term arrangements.

 

Subscription and Software Revenue

 

Subscription and software revenue consists of product and related revenue from our (i) aspenONE licensing model, including Premier Plus SMS; (ii) point product arrangements with our Premier Plus SMS offering included for the contract term; (iii) legacy arrangements including (a) amendments to existing legacy term arrangements, (b) renewals of legacy term arrangements and (c) legacy arrangements that are being recognized over time as a result of not previously meeting one or more of the requirements for recognition under the upfront revenue model; (iv) legacy SMS arrangements; and (v) perpetual arrangements.

 

When a customer elects to license our products under our aspenONE licensing model, our Premier Plus SMS offering is included for the entire term of the arrangement and the customer receives, for the term of the arrangement, the right to any new unspecified future software products and updates that may be introduced into the licensed aspenONE software suite. Due to our obligation to provide unspecified future software products and updates, we are required to recognize revenue ratably over the term of the arrangement, once the other revenue recognition criteria noted above have been met.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

Our point product arrangements with Premier Plus SMS include SMS for the term of the arrangement. Since we do not have VSOE for our Premier Plus SMS offering, the SMS element of our point product arrangements is not separable. As a result, revenue associated with point product arrangements with Premier Plus SMS included for the contract term is recognized ratably over the term of the arrangement, once the other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

 

Perpetual license and legacy arrangements do not include the same rights as those provided to customers under the aspenONE licensing model and point product arrangements with Premier Plus SMS.  We continue to have VSOE for the legacy SMS offering provided in support of these license arrangements and can therefore separate the undelivered elements.  Accordingly, the license fees for perpetual licenses and legacy arrangements continue to be recognized upon delivery of the software products using the residual method, provided all other revenue recognition requirements have been met.

 

Legacy SMS revenue includes revenue from our SMS offering provided in support of perpetual and legacy term license arrangements. Customers typically received SMS for one year and then could elect to renew SMS annually. We continue to have VSOE of fair value for the undelivered SMS component, which is deferred and subsequently amortized into revenue ratably over the contractual term of the SMS arrangement.

 

Revenue Reclassification

 

Prior to fiscal 2014, legacy SMS revenue was classified within services and other revenue in our consolidated statements of operations. Cost of legacy SMS revenue was included within cost of services and other revenue. Beginning with the first quarter of fiscal 2014, legacy SMS revenue is included within subscription and software revenue in our unaudited consolidated statements of operations. We reclassified legacy SMS revenue into subscription and software revenue in our unaudited consolidated statements of operations based on the following rationale:

 

i)                  Since fiscal 2010, legacy SMS revenue has decreased, and been offset by a corresponding increase in subscription and software revenue as customers have transitioned to our aspenONE licensing model and to point product arrangements with Premier Plus SMS.

 

ii)               Legacy SMS revenue is no longer significant in relation to our total revenue due to the number of our term license arrangements that have been converted to the aspenONE licensing model.

 

iii)            Legacy SMS revenue will continue to decrease as expiring license arrangements are renewed on the aspenONE licensing model.

 

iv)           We manage legacy SMS as a part of our broader software licensing business. The distinction between legacy SMS revenue and revenue from aspenONE licensing and point product arrangements with Premier Plus SMS included for the full contract term no longer represents a meaningful difference from a line of business standpoint since we assess business performance on a combined basis.

 

v)              Legacy SMS revenue and revenue from our aspenONE license arrangements share the same revenue recognition methodology and are both recognized on a ratable basis.

 

The following table summarizes the impact of revenue and cost of revenue reclassifications for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

Classification in Unaudited Consolidated
Statements of Operations
for the Three and Six Months Ended December 31,

 

Three Months Ended
December 31,

 

Six Months Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legacy SMS revenue

 

Subscription and software

 

Services and other

 

$

7,765

 

$

9,580

 

$

15,211

 

$

19,263

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Legacy SMS revenue

 

Subscription and software

 

Services and other

 

$

1,445

 

$

2,018

 

$

2,726

 

$

3,956

 

 

Prior to fiscal 2014, services and other revenue included revenue related to professional services, training, legacy SMS and other revenue. Beginning with the first quarter of fiscal 2014, legacy SMS revenue is included within subscription and software revenue in our unaudited consolidated statements of operations.

 

The following tables summarize the impact of legacy SMS revenue and cost of revenue reclassification on our previously presented unaudited consolidated statements of operations for the three and six months ended December 31, 2012:

 

10



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Impact on Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations
for the Three Months Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

As Previously Reported

 

Reclassifications

 

As Currently Reported

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Subscription and software revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legacy SMS

 

$

 

$

9,580

 

$

9,580

 

Subscription and software

 

59,457

 

 

59,457

 

 

 

$

59,457

 

$

9,580

 

$

69,037

 

Services and other revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legacy SMS

 

$

 

$

(9,580

)

$

(9,580

)

Professional services, training and other

 

17,852

 

 

17,852

 

 

 

$

17,852

 

$

(9,580

)

$

8,272

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of subscription and software revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of legacy SMS revenue

 

$

 

$

2,018

 

$

2,018

 

Cost of subscription and software revenue

 

3,100

 

 

3,100

 

 

 

$

3,100

 

$

2,018

 

$

5,118

 

Cost of services and other revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of legacy SMS revenue

 

$

 

$

(2,018

)

$

(2,018

)

Cost of professional services, training and other revenue

 

9,273

 

 

9,273

 

 

 

$

9,273

 

$

(2,018

)

$

7,255

 

 

 

 

Impact on Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations
for the Six Months Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

As Previously Reported

 

Reclassifications

 

As Currently Reported

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Subscription and software revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legacy SMS

 

$

 

$

19,263

 

$

19,263

 

Subscription and software

 

113,537

 

 

113,537

 

 

 

$

113,537

 

$

19,263

 

$

132,800

 

Services and other revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legacy SMS

 

$

 

$

(19,263

)

$

(19,263

)

Professional services, training and other

 

35,229

 

 

35,229

 

 

 

$

35,229

 

$

(19,263

)

$

15,966

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of subscription and software revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of legacy SMS revenue

 

$

 

$

3,956

 

$

3,956

 

Cost of subscription and software revenue

 

6,290

 

 

6,290

 

 

 

$

6,290

 

$

3,956

 

$

10,246

 

Cost of services and other revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of legacy SMS revenue

 

$

 

$

(3,956

)

$

(3,956

)

Cost of professional services, training and other revenue

 

18,421

 

 

18,421

 

 

 

$

18,421

 

$

(3,956

)

$

14,465

 

 

Services and Other

 

Professional Services Revenue

 

Professional services are provided to customers on a time-and-materials (T&M) or fixed-price basis. We recognize professional services fees for our T&M contracts based upon hours worked and contractually agreed-upon hourly rates. Revenue from fixed-price engagements is recognized using the proportional performance method based on the ratio of costs incurred to the total estimated project costs. Project costs are typically expensed as incurred. The use of the proportional performance method is dependent upon our ability to reliably estimate the costs to complete a project. We use historical experience as a basis for future estimates to complete current projects. Additionally, we believe that costs are the best available measure of performance. Out-of-pocket expenses which are reimbursed by customers are recorded as revenue.

 

In certain circumstances, professional services revenue may be recognized over a longer time period than the period over which the services are performed.  If the costs to complete a project are not estimable or the completion is uncertain, the revenue is recognized upon completion of the services. In circumstances in which professional services are sold as a single arrangement with, or in contemplation of, a new aspenONE license or point product arrangement with Premier Plus SMS, revenue is deferred

 

11



Table of Contents

 

and recognized on a ratable basis over the longer of (i) the period the services are performed or (ii) the license term.  When we provide professional services considered essential to the functionality of the software, we recognize the combined revenue from the sale of the software and related services using the completed contract or percentage-of-completion method.

 

We have occasionally been required to commit unanticipated additional resources to complete projects, which resulted in losses on those contracts. Provisions for estimated losses on contracts are made during the period in which such losses become probable and can be reasonably estimated.

 

Training Revenue

 

We provide training services to our customers, including on-site, Internet-based and customized training. Revenue is recognized in the period in which the services are performed.

 

Deferred Revenue

 

Deferred revenue includes amounts billed or collected in advance of revenue recognition, including arrangements under the aspenONE licensing model, point product arrangements with Premier Plus SMS, legacy SMS arrangements, professional services, and training.  Under the aspenONE licensing model and for point product arrangements with Premier Plus SMS, VSOE does not exist for the undelivered elements, and as a result the arrangement fees are recognized ratably (i.e., on a subscription basis) over the term of the license. Deferred revenue is recorded as each invoice becomes due.

 

For arrangements under the upfront revenue model, a portion of the arrangement fee is generally recorded as deferred revenue due to the inclusion of an undelivered element, typically our legacy SMS offering or professional services. The amount of revenue allocated to undelivered elements is based on the VSOE for those elements using the residual method, and is earned and recognized as revenue as each element is delivered.

 

(c)  Installments Receivable

 

Installments receivable resulting from product sales under the upfront revenue model are discounted to present value at prevailing market rates at the date the contract is signed, taking into consideration the customer’s credit rating. The finance element is recognized using the effective interest method over the relevant license term and is classified as interest income. Installments receivable are classified as current and non-current in our unaudited consolidated balance sheets based on the maturity date of the related installment. Non-current installments receivable consist of receivables with a due date greater than one year from the period-end date. Current installments receivable consist of invoices with a due date of less than one year but greater than 45 days from the period-end date. Once an installments receivable invoice becomes due within 45 days, it is reclassified as a trade accounts receivable in our unaudited consolidated balance sheets. As a result, we did not have any past due installments receivable as of December 31, 2013.

 

Our non-current installments receivable are within the scope of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2010-20, Receivables (Topic 310): Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses . As our portfolio of financing receivables arises from the sale of our software licenses, the methodology for determining our allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the collective population of receivables and is not stratified by class or portfolio segment. We consider factors such as existing economic conditions, country risk, customers’ credit rating and past payment history in determining our allowance for doubtful accounts. We reserve against our installments receivable when the related trade accounts receivable have been past due for over a year, or when there is a specific risk of uncollectability. Our specific reserve reflects the full value of the related installments receivable for which collection has been deemed uncertain. Our specific reserve represented 98% and 96% of our total installments receivable allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013, respectively. In instances when an installment receivable that is reserved for ages into a trade account receivable, the related reserve is transferred to our trade accounts receivable allowance.

 

We write-off receivables when they are considered uncollectable based on our judgment. In instances when we write-off specific customers’ trade accounts receivable, we also write off any related current and non-current installments receivable balances.

 

As of December 31, 2013, our gross current and non-current installments receivable of $5.9 million and $1.1 million are presented net of unamortized discounts of $0.1 million each and net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.2 million and less than $0.1 million, respectively.

 

As of June 30, 2013, our gross current and non-current installments receivable of $14.4 million and $1.1 million are presented net of unamortized discounts of $0.6 million and $0.1 million and net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $0.1 million each, respectively.

 

Provisions for bad debts, receivables write offs, transfers to allowance for doubtful accounts related to trade accounts

 

12



Table of Contents

 

receivable and recoveries of receivables previously written off were not significant during the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and fiscal 2013, respectively. Our allowance for doubtful accounts for current and non-current installments receivable was $0.2 million and less than $0.1 million as of June 30, 2012.

 

Under the aspenONE licensing model and for point product arrangements with Premier Plus SMS included for the contract term, the installment payments are not considered fixed or determinable and, as a result, are not included as installments receivable on our unaudited consolidated balance sheet.

 

(d)         Loss Contingencies

 

We accrue estimated liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation and other sources when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the claim, assessment or damages can be reasonably estimated. We believe that we have sufficient accruals to cover any obligations resulting from claims, assessments or litigation that have met these criteria. Please refer to Note 11 for a discussion of these matters and related liability accruals.

 

(e)           Foreign Currency Transactions

 

Foreign currency exchange gains and losses generated from the settlement and remeasurement of transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of our subsidiaries are recognized in our results of operations as incurred as a component of other income (expense), net. Net foreign currency losses were $0.5 million and $1.3 million during the three and six months ended December 31, 2013, and $0.1 million and $0.4 million during the three and six months ended December 31, 2012, respectively.

 

(f)             Other

 

For further information with regard to our “Significant Accounting Policies,” please refer to Note 2 of our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.

 

3.  Marketable Securities

 

The following table summarizes the fair value, the amortized cost and unrealized holding gains (losses) on our marketable securities as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013:

 

 

 

Fair Value

 

Cost

 

Unrealized
Gains

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. corporate bonds

 

$

81,173

 

$

81,127

 

$

53

 

$

(7

)

Total short-term marketable securities

 

$

81,173

 

$

81,127

 

$

53

 

$

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. corporate bonds

 

$

17,057

 

$

17,048

 

$

16

 

$

(7

)

Total long-term marketable securities

 

$

17,057

 

$

17,048

 

$

16

 

$

(7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. corporate bonds

 

$

57,015

 

$

57,046

 

$

8

 

$

(39

)

Total short-term marketable securities

 

$

57,015

 

$

57,046

 

$

8

 

$

(39

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. corporate bonds

 

$

35,353

 

$

35,402

 

$

 

$

(49

)

Total long-term marketable securities

 

$

35,353

 

$

35,402

 

$

 

$

(49

)

 

Our marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair value on the unaudited consolidated balance sheets. Net unrealized gains (losses) are reported as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. Realized gains and losses on investments are recognized in earnings as incurred. Our investments consist primarily of investment grade fixed income corporate debt securities with maturity dates ranging from January 2014 through September 2015.

 

We review our marketable securities for impairment at each reporting period to determine if any of our securities have experienced an other-than-temporary decline in fair value in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 320,  Investments- Debt and Equity Securities . We consider factors, such as the length of time and extent to which the market value has been less than the cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer and our intent to sell, or whether it is more likely than not we will be required to sell, the investment before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If we believe that other-than-temporary decline

 

13



Table of Contents

 

in fair value has occurred, we write down investments to fair value and recognize credit losses in earnings and other impairment losses in accumulated other comprehensive income. During the three and six months ended December 31, 2013, our marketable securities were not considered other-than-temporarily impaired and, as such, we did not recognize impairment losses during the periods then ended. Unrealized losses are attributable to changes in interest rates.

 

4. Goodwill

 

During the first quarter of fiscal 2014, we re-aligned our reporting units to reflect our revised operating and reportable segment structure (refer to Note 12). As a result of this re-alignment, we reassigned the carrying amount of goodwill of $15.4 million to our subscription and software reporting unit.

 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reporting unit for the six months ended December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

 

 

Reporting Unit

 

Asset Class

 

Subscription and
software

 

Services

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

$

84,701

 

$

5,102

 

$

89,803

 

Accumulated impairment losses

 

(65,569

)

(5,102

)

(70,671

)

 

 

$

19,132

 

$

 

$

19,132

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of currency translation

 

67

 

 

67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

$

84,768

 

$

5,102

 

$

89,870

 

Accumulated impairment losses

 

(65,569

)

(5,102

)

(70,671

)

 

 

$

19,199

 

$

 

$

19,199

 

 

We test goodwill for impairment annually (or more often if impairment indicators arise), at the reporting unit level. We first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances indicates that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If we determine based on this assessment that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The first step requires us to determine the fair value of the reporting unit and compare it to the carrying amount, including goodwill, of such reporting unit. If the fair value exceeds the carrying amount, no impairment loss is recognized. However, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill of the unit may be impaired. The amount of impairment, if any, is measured based upon the implied fair value of goodwill at the valuation date.

 

Fair value of a reporting unit is determined using a combined weighted average of a market-based approach (utilizing fair value multiples of comparable publicly traded companies) and an income-based approach (utilizing discounted projected cash flows). In applying the income-based approach, we would be required to make assumptions about the amount and timing of future expected cash flows, growth rates and appropriate discount rates. The amount and timing of future cash flows would be based on our most recent long-term financial projections. The discount rate we would utilize would be determined using estimates of market participant risk-adjusted weighted-average costs of capital and reflect the risks associated with achieving future cash flows.

 

We have elected December 31 st  as the annual impairment assessment date and perform additional impairment tests if triggering events occur.  We performed our annual impairment test for the subscription and software reporting unit as of December 31, 2013, and, based upon the results of our qualitative assessment, determined that it was not likely that its fair value was less than its carrying amount. As such, we did not perform the two-step goodwill impairment test and did not recognize impairment losses as a result of our analysis. If an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value, goodwill will be evaluated for impairment between annual tests.

 

5.  Income Taxes

 

The effective tax rate for the periods presented is primarily the result of income earned in the U.S., taxed at U.S. federal and state statutory income tax rates, income earned in foreign tax jurisdictions taxed at the applicable rates, as well as the impact of permanent differences between book and tax income.

 

Our effective tax rate for the three months ended December 31, 2013 was 35.2% as compared to 36.8% for the corresponding

 

14



Table of Contents

 

period of the prior fiscal year. Our effective tax rate for the six months ended December 31, 2013 was 36.5% as compared to 43.1% for the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year. During the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, our income tax expense was driven primarily by pre-tax profitability in our domestic and foreign operations and the impact of permanent items, including non-deductible stock-based compensation expense, partially offset by a U.S. domestic production activity deduction in fiscal 2014. There was no such deduction in fiscal 2013. Our effective tax rate for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 differs from the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate primarily as a result of the impact of the permanent items.

 

Deferred income taxes are recognized based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the statutory tax rates and laws expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided against net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income and the timing of the temporary differences becoming deductible.  Management considers, among other available information, scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, limitations of availability of net operating loss carryforwards, and other matters in making this assessment.

 

We do not provide deferred taxes on unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries since we intend to indefinitely reinvest those earnings either currently or sometime in the foreseeable future. Unrecognized provisions for taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries, which are considered indefinitely reinvested, are not material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

6.  Fair Value

 

We determine fair value by utilizing a fair value hierarchy that ranks the quality and reliability of the information used in its determination. Fair values determined using “Level 1 inputs” utilize unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access. Fair values determined using “Level 2 inputs” utilize data points that are observable, such as quoted prices, interest rates and yield curves for similar assets and liabilities.

 

Cash equivalents of $106.3 million and $117.0 million as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013, respectively, are reported at fair value utilizing Level 1 inputs. Our cash equivalents consist of short-term, highly liquid investments with remaining maturities of three months or less when purchased.

 

Marketable securities of $98.2 million and $92.4 million as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013, are reported at fair value calculated in accordance with the market approach, utilizing market consensus pricing models with quoted prices that are directly or indirectly observable, or “Level 2 inputs.”

 

Financial instruments not measured or recorded at fair value in the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements consist of accounts receivable, installments receivable and accounts payable. The estimated fair value of these financial instruments approximates their carrying value.

 

7.  Supplementary Balance Sheet Information

 

The following table summarizes our accounts receivable, net of the related allowance for doubtful accounts, as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013. Refer to Note 2(c) for a summary of our installments receivable balances.

 

 

 

Gross

 

Allowance

 

Net

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

December 31, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts Receivable

 

$

32,407

 

$

2,364

 

$

30,043

 

 

 

$

32,407

 

$

2,364

 

$

30,043

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 30, 2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts Receivable

 

$

38,603

 

$

1,615

 

$

36,988

 

 

 

$

38,603

 

$

1,615

 

$

36,988

 

 

As of December 31, 2013, one customer’s receivable balance represented approximately 13% of our total receivables.

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the accompanying unaudited consolidated balance sheets consist of the following:

 

15



Table of Contents

 

 

 

December 31,
2013

 

June 30,
2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Royalties and outside commissions

 

$

4,369

 

$

4,312

 

Payroll and payroll-related

 

15,201

 

18,702

 

Other

 

9,472

 

11,407

 

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

$

29,042

 

$

34,421

 

 

Other non-current liabilities in the accompanying unaudited consolidated balance sheets consist of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,
2013

 

June 30,
2013

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred rent

 

$

578

 

$

862

 

Other*

 

10,993

 

11,515

 

Total other non-current liabilities

 

$

11,571

 

$

12,377

 

 


*                                          Other is comprised primarily of our reserve for uncertain tax liabilities of $10.0 million and $10.4 million as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013, respectively.

 

8.  Stock-Based Compensation

 

General Award Terms

 

We issue stock options and restricted stock units (RSUs) to our employees and outside directors, pursuant to stockholder-approved equity compensation plans. Option awards are granted with an exercise price equal to the market closing price of our stock on the trading day prior to the date of grant; those options generally vest over four years and expire within 7 or 10 years of grant. RSUs generally vest over four years. Historically, our practice has been to settle stock option exercises and RSU vesting through newly-issued shares.

 

Stock Compensation Accounting

 

Our stock-based compensation is principally accounted for as awards of equity instruments. Our policy is to issue new shares upon the exercise of stock awards. We adopted the simplified method related to accounting for the tax effects of share-based payment awards to employees under ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (ASC 718). We use the “with-and-without” approach for determining if excess tax benefits are realized under ASC 718.

 

We utilize the Black-Scholes option valuation model for estimating the fair value of options granted. The Black-Scholes option valuation model incorporates assumptions regarding expected stock price volatility, the expected life of the option, the risk-free interest rate, dividend yield and the market value of our common stock. The expected stock price volatility is determined based on our stock’s historic prices over a period commensurate with the expected life of the award. The expected life of an option represents the period for which options are expected to be outstanding as determined by historic option exercises and cancellations. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve for notes with terms approximating the expected life of the options granted. The expected dividend yield is zero, based on our history and expectation of not paying dividends on common shares. We recognize compensation costs on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period for time-vested awards.

 

The weighted average estimated fair value of option awards granted during the three months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $10.86 and $9.83, respectively. The weighted average estimated fair value of option awards granted during the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $11.33 and $9.76, respectively.

 

We utilized the Black-Scholes option valuation model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

16



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.3

%

0.6

%

Expected dividend yield

 

0.0

%

0.0

%

Expected life (in years)

 

4.6

 

4.8

 

Expected volatility factor

 

39.3

%

48.9

%

 

The stock-based compensation expense and its classification in the unaudited consolidated statements of operations for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Recorded as expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of services and other

 

$

327

 

$

316

 

$

628

 

$

659

 

Selling and marketing

 

710

 

972

 

1,821

 

1,949

 

Research and development

 

889

 

742

 

1,745

 

1,483

 

General and administrative

 

1,225

 

1,423

 

3,344

 

3,677

 

Total stock-based compensation

 

$

3,151

 

$

3,453

 

$

7,538

 

$

7,768

 

 

A summary of stock option and RSU activity under all equity plans for the six months ended December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 

 

 

Stock Options

 

Restricted Stock Units

 

 

 

Shares

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(in 000’s)

 

Shares

 

Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

 

Outstanding at June 30, 2013

 

1,852,118

 

$

14.68

 

 

 

 

 

1,030,839

 

$

17.69

 

Granted

 

338,413

 

32.61

 

 

 

 

 

398,679

 

32.61

 

Settled (RSUs)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(337,374

)

17.97

 

Exercised

 

(383,585

)

11.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled / Forfeited

 

(178,444

)

18.95

 

 

 

 

 

(202,221

)

19.48

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

 

1,628,502

 

$

18.67

 

7.09

 

$

37,664

 

889,923

 

$

23.87

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2013

 

857,705

 

$

14.48

 

5.93

 

$

23,431

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2013

 

1,495,621

 

$

18.28

 

6.79

 

$

35,174

 

744,965

 

$

23.93

 

 

The weighted average grant-date fair value of RSUs granted during the three and six months ended December 30, 2013 was $38.10 and $32.61, respectively, and during the three and six months ended December 31, 2012 was $25.84 and $23.40, respectively. During the three months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the total fair value of shares vested from RSU grants was $5.0 million and $6.8 million, respectively, and during the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $12.2 million and $13.1 million, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2013, the total future unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options and RSUs was $5.9 million and $18.3 million, respectively, and is expected to be recorded over a weighted average period of 2.6 years and 2.8 years, respectively.

 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the three months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $2.7 million and $12.5 million, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $9.2 million and $23.2 million, respectively. We received $4.4 million and $9.1 million in cash proceeds from option exercises during the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  We paid $4.2 million and $4.3 million for withholding taxes on vested RSUs during the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

17



Table of Contents

 

At December 31, 2013, common stock reserved for future issuance or settlement under equity compensation plans was 7.1 million shares.

 

9.  Stockholders’ Equity

 

Stock Repurchases

 

On April 23, 2013, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program for up to $150 million worth of our common stock. This share repurchase program replaced the prior share repurchase program approved by the Board of Directors on October 24, 2012 for up to $100 million, which had approximately $58.4 million of remaining capacity on April 23, 2013. The program approved on October 24, 2012 had replaced a repurchase program with a value of up to $100 million which had been approved by the Board of Directors on November 1, 2011. The timing and amount of any shares repurchased are based on market conditions and other factors.  All share repurchases of our common stock have been recorded as treasury stock under the cost method.

 

We repurchased 1,670,241 shares of our common stock for $58.9 million during the six months ended December 31, 2013. We repurchased 3,064,151 shares of our common stock for $84.7 million during fiscal 2013. As of December 31, 2013, the remaining dollar value under the stock repurchase program approved on April 23, 2013 was $75.5 million.

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

As of December 31, 2013, accumulated other comprehensive income was comprised of foreign translation adjustments of $8.6 million and net unrealized gains on available for sale securities of less than $0.1 million. As of June 30, 2013, accumulated other comprehensive income was comprised of foreign translation adjustments of $7.3 million and net unrealized losses on available for sale securities of ($0.1) million.

 

10.  Net Income (Loss) Per Share

 

Basic income (loss) per share is determined by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted income (loss) per share is determined by dividing net income (loss) by diluted weighted average shares outstanding during the period. Diluted weighted average shares reflect the dilutive effect, if any, of potential common shares. To the extent their effect is dilutive, employee equity awards and other commitments to be settled in common stock are included in the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share based on the treasury stock method.

 

For the three and six months ended December 30, 2013 and 2012, certain employee equity awards were anti-dilutive based on the treasury stock method. The calculations of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share and basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding are as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars and Shares in Thousands, Except per Share Data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

23,263

 

$

9,937

 

$

38,262

 

$

14,350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

92,839

 

93,512

 

93,124

 

93,470

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dilutive impact from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based payment awards

 

977

 

1,951

 

1,013

 

2,071

 

Dilutive weighted average shares outstanding

 

93,816

 

95,463

 

94,137

 

95,541

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.25

 

$

0.11

 

$

0.41

 

$

0.15

 

Dilutive

 

$

0.25

 

$

0.10

 

$

0.41

 

$

0.15

 

 

The following potential common shares were excluded from the calculation of dilutive weighted average shares outstanding because their effect would be anti-dilutive at the balance sheet date:

 

18



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Shares in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee equity awards

 

312

 

472

 

652

 

1,034

 

 

11. Commitments and Contingencies

 

In the ordinary course of business, we are, from time to time, involved in lawsuits, claims, investigations, proceedings and threats of litigation, including proceedings related to intellectual property rights. These include an April 2004 claim by a customer for approximately $5.0 million that certain of our software products and implementation services failed to meet the customer’s expectations.

 

The results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, and unfavorable resolutions are possible and could materially affect our results of operations, cash flows or financial position. Regardless of the outcome, litigation could have an adverse impact on us because of litigation fees and costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

While the outcome of the proceedings and claims referenced above cannot be predicted with certainty, there are no such matters as of December 31, 2013 that, in the opinion of management, are reasonably possible to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Liabilities, if applicable, related to the aforementioned matters discussed in this Note have been included in our accrued liabilities at December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013, and are not material to our financial position for the periods then ended.

 

As of December 31, 2013 we do not believe that there is a reasonable possibility of a material loss exceeding the amounts already accrued for the proceedings or matters discussed above.

 

12.  Segment Information

 

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activities for which discrete financial information is available and regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and to assess performance. Our chief operating decision maker is our President and Chief Executive Officer.

 

Prior to fiscal 2014, we had three operating and reportable segments: license; SMS, training and other; and professional services. As our customers have transitioned to our aspenONE licensing model, legacy SMS revenue has decreased, and been offset by a corresponding increase in revenue from aspenONE licensing arrangements and from point product arrangements with Premier Plus SMS (for further information on transition to the aspenONE licensing model and its impact on revenue and our results of operations, please refer to Note 2). As a result, legacy SMS revenue is no longer significant in relation to our total revenue and no longer represents a significant line of business.

 

We manage legacy SMS as a part of our broader software licensing business and assess business performance on a combined basis. Our President and Chief Executive Officer evaluates software licensing and maintenance on an aggregate basis in deciding how to assess performance. Effective July 1, 2013, we re-aligned our operating and reportable segments into i) subscription and software; and ii) services.

 

The subscription and software segment is engaged in the licensing of process optimization software solutions and associated support services. The services segment includes professional services and training.

 

The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies (refer to Note 2 in the financial statements of our Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2013). We do not track assets or capital expenditures by operating segments. Consequently, it is not practical to present assets, capital expenditures, depreciation or amortization by operating segments.

 

Our prior period reportable segment information has been reclassified to reflect the current segment structure and conform to the current period presentation.

 

The following table presents a summary of our reportable segments’ profits:

 

19



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Subscription
and software

 

Services

 

Total

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Three Months Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment revenue

 

$

88,924

 

$

9,845

 

$

98,769

 

Segment expenses (1)

 

(44,216

)

(7,421

)

(51,637

)

Segment profit

 

$

44,708

 

$

2,424

 

$

47,132

 

Three Months Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment revenue

 

$

69,037

 

$

8,272

 

$

77,309

 

Segment expenses (1)

 

(43,460

)

(7,255

)

(50,715

)

Segment profit

 

$

25,577

 

$

1,017

 

$

26,594

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment revenue

 

$

167,607

 

$

18,727

 

$

186,334

 

Segment expenses (1)

 

(87,601

)

(14,879

)

(102,480

)

Segment profit

 

$

80,006

 

$

3,848

 

$

83,854

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Segment revenue

 

$

132,800

 

$

15,966

 

$

148,766

 

Segment expenses (1)

 

(85,945

)

(14,465

)

(100,410

)

Segment profit

 

$

46,855

 

$

1,501

 

$

48,356

 

 


(1)          Our reportable segments’ operating expenses include expenses directly attributable to the segments. Segment expenses do not include allocations of general and administrative; restructuring; interest income, net; and other (income) expense, net. As a result of operating and reportable segments realignment, certain costs are more directly attributable to our new operating segments. Starting with the first quarter of fiscal 2014, segment expenses include selling and marketing, research and development, stock-based compensation and certain corporate expenses incurred in support of the segments. Please refer to Note 12 in our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included in our Annual Report on the Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 for a basis of measurement of our reportable segments’ operating expenses prior to the first quarter of fiscal 2014.

 

Reconciliation to Income Before Income Taxes

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of total segment profit to income before income taxes for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total segment profit for reportable segments

 

$

47,132

 

$

26,594

 

$

83,854

 

$

48,356

 

General and administrative

 

(11,013

)

(11,671

)

(22,889

)

(24,439

)

Restructuring charges

 

(7

)

6

 

(4

)

(34

)

Other income (expense), net

 

(531

)

(57

)

(1,335

)

(334

)

Interest income (net)

 

299

 

839

 

668

 

1,681

 

Income before income taxes

 

$

35,880

 

$

15,711

 

$

60,294

 

$

25,230

 

 

13. Subsequent Event

 

In January 2014, we entered into a lease agreement for office space in Bedford, Massachusetts. The initial term of the lease with respect to 105,874 square feet of office space will commence on November 1, 2014 and on February 1, 2015 with respect to additional 36,799 square feet of space.  The initial term of the lease will expire approximately ten years and five months following the term commencement date.  Subject to the terms and conditions of the lease, we may extend the term of the lease for two successive terms of five years each.

 

Under the lease, we will have total non-cancelable lease obligations of approximately $35.6 million. Base annual rent with respect to the leased premises will range between approximately $1.9 million and $3.9 million over the term of the lease in addition to our proportionate share of operating expenses and real estate taxes.

 

20



Table of Contents

 

Item 2.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

You should read the following discussion in conjunction with our unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes beginning on page 3.  In addition to historical information, this discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.  You should read “Item 1A. Risk Factors,” of Part II for a discussion of important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from our expectations.

 

Our fiscal year ends on June 30 th , and references in this Quarterly Report to a specific fiscal year are to the twelve months ended June 30 th  of such year (for example, “fiscal 2014” refers to the year ending on June 30, 2014).

 

Business Overview

 

We are a leading global provider of mission-critical process optimization software solutions which are designed to manage and optimize plant and process design, operational performance, and supply chain planning. Our aspenONE software and related services have been developed specifically for companies in the process industries, including the energy, chemicals, and engineering and construction industries. Customers use our solutions to improve their competitiveness and profitability by increasing throughput and productivity, reducing operating costs, enhancing capital efficiency, and decreasing working capital requirements.

 

Our software incorporates our proprietary empirical models of manufacturing and planning processes and reflects the deep domain expertise we have amassed from focusing on solutions for the process industries for over 30 years. We have developed our applications to design and optimize processes across three principal business areas: engineering, manufacturing and supply chain. We are a recognized market and technology leader in providing process optimization software for each of these business areas.

 

We have established sustainable competitive advantages within our industry based on the following strengths:

 

·                   Innovative products that can enhance our customers’ profitability;

·                   Long-term customer relationships;

·                   Large installed base of users of our software; and

·                   Long-term license contracts with historically high renewal rates.

 

We have more than 1,750 customers globally. Our customers in the process industries include energy, chemicals, engineering and construction, as well as consumer packaged goods, power, metals and mining, pulp and paper, pharmaceuticals and biofuels.

 

We primarily license our software products through a subscription offering which we refer to as our aspenONE licensing model. Our aspenONE products are organized into two suites: 1) engineering and 2) manufacturing and supply chain, or MSC.  The aspenONE licensing model provides customers with access to all of the products within the aspenONE suite(s) they license. Customers can change or alternate the use of multiple products in a licensed suite through the use of exchangeable units of measurement, called tokens, licensed in quantities determined by the customer. This licensing system enables customers to use products as needed and to experiment with different products to best solve whatever critical business challenges they face. Customers can increase their usage of our software by purchasing additional tokens as business needs evolve. We believe easier access to all of the aspenONE products will lead to increased software usage and higher revenue over time.

 

Transition to the aspenONE Licensing Model

 

Prior to fiscal 2010, we offered term or perpetual licenses to specific products, or specifically defined sets of products, which we refer to as point products. The majority of our license revenue was recognized under an “upfront revenue model,” in which the net present value of the aggregate license fees was recognized as revenue upon shipment of the point products, provided all revenue recognition criteria were met. Customers typically received one year of post-contract software maintenance and support, or SMS, with their license agreements and then could elect to renew SMS annually.  Revenue from SMS was recognized ratably over the period in which the SMS was delivered.

 

In fiscal 2010, we introduced the following changes to our licensing model:

 

(i)                        We began offering our software on a subscription basis, allowing our customers access to all products within a licensed suite (aspenONE Engineering or aspenONE Manufacturing and Supply Chain). SMS is included for the entire term of the arrangement and customers are entitled to any software products or updates introduced into the licensed suite. We refer to this license arrangement as our aspenONE licensing model.

 

(ii)                     We began to include SMS for the entire term on our point product term arrangements.

 

Revenue related to our aspenONE licensing model is recognized over the term of the arrangement on a ratable basis. During fiscal 2010 and 2011, license revenue related to our point product arrangements with SMS included for the entire term of the

 

21



Table of Contents

 

arrangement was generally recognized on the due date of each annual installment, provided all revenue recognition criteria were met. Beginning in fiscal 2012, with the introduction of our Premier Plus SMS offering, we were unable to establish evidence of the fair value for the SMS component and revenue from these arrangements is now recognized on a ratable basis.

 

The changes to our licensing model introduced in fiscal 2010 did not change the method or timing of customer billings or cash collections. Since the introduction of these changes, our net cash provided by operating activities has increased in each annual period from $33.0 million in fiscal 2009 to $146.6 million in fiscal 2013.  During these periods we have realized steadily improving cash flow due to growth of our portfolio of term license contracts, as well as from the renewal of customer contracts, on an installment basis, that were previously paid upfront.

 

As of December 31, 2013, a significant percentage of our active license agreements has been transitioned to our aspenONE licensing model. In the foreseeable future, we anticipate that a significant portion of our remaining legacy term license arrangements will transition to the aspenONE licensing model as existing license agreements reach the end of their respective original terms. During this transition period, we may continue to have arrangements where the software element will be recognized upfront, including perpetual licenses, amendments to existing legacy term arrangements, and in limited cases, renewals of existing legacy term arrangements. However, we do not expect revenue related to these sources to be significant in relation to our total revenue.

 

Impact of Licensing Model Changes

 

The principal accounting implications of the changes to our licensing model in fiscal 2010 are as follows:

 

·                   Prior to fiscal 2010, the majority of our license revenue was recognized on an upfront basis. Since the upfront model resulted in the net present value of multiple years of future installments being recognized at the time of shipment, the changes to our licensing model resulted in a reduction in our software license revenue for fiscal 2010, 2011 and 2012 as compared to the fiscal years preceding our licensing model changes. These changes did not impact the incurrence or timing of our expenses, and there was no corresponding expense reduction to offset the lower revenue, resulting in operating losses for fiscal 2010, 2011 and 2012.  By fiscal 2013, a sufficient number of license arrangements had been renewed on the aspenONE licensing model to generate ratable revenue sufficient to support an operating profit. The revenue transition will not be fully completed until fiscal 2016.

 

·                   The transition will not be complete until the remaining term license agreements executed under our upfront revenue model reach the end of their original term. Many of our license arrangements were five or six years in duration when the aspenONE licensing model was introduced at the start of fiscal 2010, and consequently, a number of agreements executed under the upfront revenue model will not reach the end of their original term until fiscal 2016.

 

·                   Since fiscal 2010, the SMS component of our services and other revenue (“legacy SMS revenue”) has decreased, and been offset by a corresponding increase in subscription and software revenue as customers have transitioned to our aspenONE licensing model. Under our aspenONE licensing model and for point product arrangements with Premier Plus SMS included for the full contract term, the entire arrangement fee, including the SMS component, is included within subscription and software revenue.

 

Legacy SMS revenue is no longer significant in relation to our total revenue due to the number of our term license arrangements that have been converted to the aspenONE licensing model. As a result, beginning with the first quarter of fiscal 2014, legacy SMS revenue is included within subscription and software revenue in our unaudited consolidated statements of operations. Prior to fiscal 2014, legacy SMS revenue was included within services and other revenue in our unaudited consolidated statements of operations.  For further information, please refer to the “Revenue Reclassification” section below. Legacy SMS revenue is expected to continue to decrease until the remaining active license arrangements are converted to our aspenONE licensing model with SMS included for the full contract term.

 

·                   Installment payments from aspenONE agreements and from point product arrangements with SMS included for the contract term are not considered fixed or determinable, and as a result, are not included in installments receivable. Accordingly, our installments receivable balance has, and is expected to continue to, decrease as licenses previously executed under our upfront revenue model reach the end of their terms.

 

·                   The amount of our deferred revenue has increased, and is expected to continue to increase, as more revenue from our term license portfolio is recognized on a ratable basis.

 

22



Table of Contents

 

Introduction of our Premier Plus SMS Offering

 

Beginning in fiscal 2012, we introduced our Premier Plus SMS offering to provide more value to our customers. As part of this offering, customers receive 24x7 support, faster response times, dedicated technical advocates and access to web-based training modules. The Premier Plus SMS offering is only provided to customers that commit to SMS for the entire term of the arrangement.  Our annually renewable legacy SMS offering continues to be available to customers with legacy term and perpetual license agreements.

 

The introduction of our Premier Plus SMS offering in fiscal 2012 resulted in a change to the revenue recognition of point product arrangements that include Premier Plus SMS for the term of the arrangement.  Since we do not have vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value, or VSOE, for our Premier Plus SMS offering, the SMS element of our point product arrangements is not separable, resulting in revenue being recognized ratably over the term of the arrangement, once the other revenue recognition criteria have been met.  Prior to fiscal 2012, license revenue was recognized on the due date of each annual installment, provided all revenue recognition criteria were met. The introduction of our Premier Plus SMS offering did not change the revenue recognition for our aspenONE licensing arrangements.

 

For additional information about the recognition of revenue under the upfront revenue model and our aspenONE licensing model, please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Revenue” contained in Part II, Item 7 of our Form 10-K for our fiscal year ended June 30, 2013.  Due to the accounting implications resulting from the changes to our licensing model, we believe that a number of performance indicators based on U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, including revenue, gross profit, operating income and net income, should be reviewed in conjunction with certain non-GAAP and other business measures in assessing our performance, growth and financial condition. We utilize a number of non-GAAP and other key business metrics, including those described below under “Key Business Metrics,” to track our business performance as we continue transitioning to our aspenONE licensing model. None of these metrics should be considered as an alternative to any measure of financial performance calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

Segments Re-alignment

 

Prior to fiscal 2014, we had three operating and reportable segments: license; SMS, training and other; and professional services. As our customers have transitioned to our aspenONE licensing model, legacy SMS revenue has decreased and been offset by a corresponding increase in revenue from aspenONE licensing arrangements and from point product arrangements with Premier Plus. As a result, legacy SMS revenue is no longer significant in relation to our total revenue and no longer represents a significant line of business.

 

We manage legacy SMS as a part of our broader software licensing business and assess business performance on a combined basis. Our President and Chief Executive Officer evaluates software licensing and maintenance on an aggregate basis in deciding how to assess performance.  Effective July 1, 2013, we re-aligned our operating and reportable segments into i) subscription and software; and ii) services.

 

The subscription and software segment is engaged in the licensing of process optimization software solutions and associated support services. The services segment includes professional services and training.

 

For additional information on segment revenues and their operating results, please refer to Note 12 “Segment and Geographic Information” in the Notes to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements. Our prior period reportable segment information has been reclassified to reflect the current segment structure and conform to the current period presentation.

 

Revenue

 

We generate revenue primarily from the following sources:

 

·                                           Subscription and software.   We provide integrated process optimization software solutions designed specifically for the process industries. We license our software products, together with SMS, primarily on a term basis, and we offer extended payment options for our term license agreements that generally require annual payments, which we also refer to as installments. We provide customers technical support and access to software fixes and updates. Our technical support services are provided from our customer support centers throughout the world, as well as via email and through our support website.

 

·                                           Services and other.   We provide training and professional services to our customers. Our professional services are focused on implementing our technology in order to improve customers’ plant performance and gain better operational data. Customers who use our professional services typically engage us to provide those services over periods of up to 24 months. We charge customers for professional services on a time-and-materials or fixed-price basis. We provide training services to our customers, including on-site, Internet-based and customized training.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

Key Components of Operations

 

Revenue

 

Subscription and software revenue consists of product and related revenue from the following sources:

 

(i)                                      aspenONE licensing model, including SMS;

 

(ii)                                   point product arrangements with our Premier Plus SMS offering included for the contract term (referred to as point product arrangements with Premier Plus SMS);

 

(iii)                                legacy arrangements including (a) amendments to existing legacy term arrangements, (b) renewals of legacy term arrangements and (c) legacy arrangements that are being recognized over time as a result of not previously meeting one or more of the requirements for recognition under the upfront revenue model;

 

(iv)                               legacy SMS arrangements; and

 

(v)                                  perpetual arrangements.

 

Revenue Reclassification

 

Prior to fiscal 2014, legacy SMS revenue was classified within services and other revenue in our consolidated statements of operations. Cost of legacy SMS revenue was included within cost of services and other revenue. Beginning with the first quarter of fiscal 2014, legacy SMS revenue is included within subscription and software revenue in our unaudited consolidated statements of operations.  We reclassified legacy SMS revenue into subscription and software revenue in our unaudited consolidated statements of operations based on the following rationale:

 

i)                  Since fiscal 2010, legacy SMS revenue has decreased, and been offset by a corresponding increase in subscription and software revenue as customers have transitioned to our aspenONE licensing model and to point product arrangements with Premier Plus SMS.

 

ii)               Legacy SMS revenue is no longer significant in relation to our total revenue due to the number of our term license arrangements that have been converted to the aspenONE licensing model.

 

iii)            We expect legacy SMS revenue to continue to decrease as expiring license arrangements are renewed on the aspenONE licensing model.

 

iv)           We manage legacy SMS as a part of our broader software licensing business. The distinction between legacy SMS revenue and revenue from aspenONE licensing and point product arrangements with Premier Plus SMS included for the full contract term no longer represents a meaningful difference from a line of business standpoint since we assess business performance on a combined basis.

 

v)              Legacy SMS revenue and revenue from our aspenONE license arrangements share the same revenue recognition methodology and are both recognized on a ratable basis.

 

The following table summarizes the impact of revenue and cost of revenue reclassifications for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

Classification in Unaudited Consolidated
Statements of Operations
for the Three and Six Months Ended December 31,

 

Three Months Ended
December 31,

 

Six Months Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legacy SMS revenue

 

Subscription and software

 

Services and other

 

$

7,765

 

$

9,580

 

$

15,211

 

$

19,263

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of Legacy SMS revenue

 

Subscription and software

 

Services and other

 

$

1,445

 

$

2,018

 

$

2,726

 

$

3,956

 

 

Prior to fiscal 2014, services and other revenue included revenue related to professional services, training, legacy SMS and other revenue. Beginning with the first quarter of fiscal 2014, legacy SMS revenue is included within subscription and software revenue in our unaudited consolidated statements of operations.

 

The following tables summarize the impact of legacy SMS revenue and cost of revenue reclassification on our previously presented unaudited consolidated statement of operations for the three and six months ended December 31, 2012:

 

24



Table of Contents

 

 

 

Impact on Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations
for the Three Months Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

As Previously Reported

 

Reclassifications

 

As Currently Reported

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Subscription and software revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legacy SMS

 

$

 

$

9,580

 

$

9,580

 

Subscription and software

 

59,457

 

 

59,457

 

 

 

$

59,457

 

$

9,580

 

$

69,037

 

Services and other revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legacy SMS

 

$

 

$

(9,580

)

$

(9,580

)

Professional services, training and other

 

17,852

 

 

17,852

 

 

 

$

17,852

 

$

(9,580

)

$

8,272

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of subscription and software revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of legacy SMS revenue

 

$

 

$

2,018

 

$

2,018

 

Cost of subscription and software revenue

 

3,100

 

 

3,100

 

 

 

$

3,100

 

$

2,018

 

$

5,118

 

Cost of services and other revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of legacy SMS revenue

 

$

 

$

(2,018

)

$

(2,018

)

Cost of professional services, training and other revenue

 

9,273

 

 

9,273

 

 

 

$

9,273

 

$

(2,018

)

$

7,255

 

 

 

 

Impact on Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations
for the Six Months Ended December 31, 2012

 

 

 

As Previously Reported

 

Reclassifications

 

As Currently Reported

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Subscription and software revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legacy SMS

 

$

 

$

19,263

 

$

19,263

 

Subscription and software

 

113,537

 

 

113,537

 

 

 

$

113,537

 

$

19,263

 

$

132,800

 

Services and other revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legacy SMS

 

$

 

$

(19,263

)

$

(19,263

)

Professional services, training and other

 

35,229

 

 

35,229

 

 

 

$

35,229

 

$

(19,263

)

$

15,966

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of subscription and software revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of legacy SMS revenue

 

$

 

$

3,956

 

$

3,956

 

Cost of subscription and software revenue

 

6,290

 

 

6,290

 

 

 

$

6,290

 

$

3,956

 

$

10,246

 

Cost of services and other revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of legacy SMS revenue

 

$

 

$

(3,956

)

$

(3,956

)

Cost of professional services, training and other revenue

 

18,421

 

 

18,421

 

 

 

$

18,421

 

$

(3,956

)

$

14,465

 

 

Services and Other Revenue.   Our services and other revenue consists primarily of revenue related to professional services and training. The amount and timing of this revenue depend on a number of factors, including:

 

·                   whether the professional services arrangement was sold as a single arrangement with, or in contemplation of, a new aspenONE licensing arrangement;

 

·                   the number, value and rate per hour of service transactions booked during the current and preceding periods;

 

·                   the number and availability of service resources actively engaged on billable projects;

 

·                   the timing of milestone acceptance for engagements contractually requiring customer sign-off;

 

·                   the timing of collection of cash payments when collectability is uncertain; and

 

·                   the size of the installed base of license contracts.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Cost of Subscription and Software.   Our cost of subscription and software revenue consists of (i) royalties, (ii) amortization of capitalized software and purchased technology intangibles, (iii) distribution fees, (iv) costs of providing Premier Plus SMS bundled with our aspenONE licensing and point product arrangements; and (v) costs of providing legacy SMS.

 

Prior to fiscal 2014, costs of providing legacy SMS were presented within cost of services and other revenue in our unaudited consolidated statements of operations. Beginning with the first quarter of fiscal 2014, costs of our legacy SMS business are presented within cost of subscription and software revenue in our unaudited consolidated statements of operations.

 

Cost of Services and Other.   Our cost of services and other revenue consists primarily of personnel-related and external consultant costs associated with providing customers professional services and training.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Selling and Marketing Expenses.   Selling expenses consist primarily of the personnel and travel expenses related to the effort expended to license our products and services to current and potential customers, as well as for overall management of customer relationships. Marketing expenses include expenses needed to promote our company and our products and to conduct market research to help us better understand our customers and their business needs.

 

Research and Development Expenses.   Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses related to the creation of new products and to enhancements and engineering changes to existing products.

 

General and Administrative Expenses.   General and administrative expenses include the costs of corporate and support functions, such as executive leadership and administration groups, finance, legal, human resources and corporate communications, and other costs, such as outside professional and consultant fees, and provision for bad debts.

 

Restructuring Charges. Restructuring charges result from the closure or consolidation of our facilities, or from qualifying reductions in headcount.

 

Other Income and Expenses

 

Interest Income.   Interest income is recorded for the accretion of interest on the installment payments of our term software license contracts when revenue is recognized upfront at net present value, and from the investment in marketable securities and short-term money market instruments.

 

Interest Expense.   During the first half of fiscal 2013, interest expense consisted primarily of charges related to our secured borrowings which were repaid in full during the second quarter of fiscal 2013. Interest expense is comprised of miscellaneous interest charges during the first half of fiscal 2014.

 

Other Income (Expense), Net.   Other income (expense), net is comprised primarily of foreign currency exchange gains (losses) generated from the settlement and remeasurement of transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of our operating units.

 

Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes. P rovision for income taxes is comprised of domestic and foreign taxes. Benefits from income taxes are comprised of any deferred benefit for tax deductions and credits that we expect to utilize in the future. We record interest and penalties related to income tax matters as a component of income tax expense.

 

Key Business Metrics

 

Background

 

The changes to our licensing model in fiscal 2010 resulted in a reduction in our product-related revenue for each period starting with fiscal 2010, as compared to the fiscal years preceding our licensing model changes. Since the upfront model resulted in the net present value of multiple years of future installments being recognized at the time of shipment, we do not expect to recognize levels of revenue reflective of the value of our active license agreements until the remaining term license agreements executed under our upfront revenue model (i) reach the end of their original terms and (ii) are renewed. As a result, we believe that a number of our performance indicators based on GAAP, including revenue, gross profit, operating income and net income, should be reviewed in conjunction with certain non-GAAP and other business measures in assessing our performance, growth and financial condition. We utilize the following non-GAAP and other key business metrics to track our business performance as we continue transitioning to our aspenONE licensing model:

 

·      Total term contract value

·      Annual spend

·      Adjusted total costs

·      Free cash flow

 

None of these metrics should be considered as an alternative to any measure of financial performance calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

26



Table of Contents

 

Total Term Contract Value

 

Total term contract value, or TCV, is an estimate of the renewal value, as of a specific date, of our active portfolio of term license agreements. TCV is calculated by multiplying the terminal annual payment for each active term license agreement by the original length of the existing license term, and then aggregating this amount for all active term license agreements. Accordingly, TCV represents the full renewal value of all of our current term license agreements under the hypothetical assumption that all of those agreements are simultaneously renewed for the identical license terms and at the same terminal annual payment amounts. TCV includes the value of SMS for any multi-year license agreements for which SMS is committed for the entire license term. TCV does not include any amounts for perpetual licenses, professional services, training or standalone renewal SMS. TCV is calculated using constant currency assumptions for agreements denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars in order to remove the impact of currency fluctuations between comparison dates.

 

We also estimate a license-only TCV , which we refer to as TLCV, by removing the SMS portion of TCV using our historic estimated selling price for SMS. Our portfolio of active license agreements currently reflects a mix of (a) license agreements that include SMS for the entire license term and (b) legacy license agreements that do not include SMS. TLCV provides a consistent basis for assessing growth, particularly while customers are continuing to transition to arrangements that include SMS for the term of the arrangement.

 

We believe TCV and TLCV are useful metrics for analyzing our business performance, particularly while we are transitioning to our aspenONE licensing model or to point product arrangements with Premier Plus SMS included for the full term, and revenue comparisons between fiscal periods do not reflect the actual growth rate of our business. Comparing TCV and TLCV for different dates provides insight into the growth and retention rate of our business during the period between those dates.

 

TCV and TLCV increase as the result of:

 

·               new term license agreements with new or existing customers;

 

·               renewals or modifications of existing license agreements that result in higher license fees due to price escalation or an increase in the number of tokens (units of software usage) or products licensed; and

 

·               renewals of existing license agreements that increase the length of the license term.

 

The renewal of an existing license agreement will not increase TCV and TLCV unless the renewal results in higher license fees or a longer license term. TCV and TLCV are adversely affected by customer non-renewals and by renewals that result in lower license fees or a shorter license term. Our standard license term historically has been between five and six years, and we do not expect this standard term to change in the future. Many of our contracts have escalating annual payments throughout the term of the arrangement. By calculating TCV and TLCV based on the terminal year annual payment, we are typically using the highest annual fee from the existing arrangement to calculate the hypothetical renewal value of our portfolio of term arrangements.

 

We estimate that TLCV grew by approximately 3.0% during the second quarter of fiscal 2014, from $1.69 billion at September 30, 2013 to $1.75 billion at December 31, 2013, and by approximately 5.6% during the first half of fiscal 2014, from $1.65 billion at June 30, 2013. We estimate that TCV grew by approximately 3.3% during the second quarter of fiscal 2014, from $1.98 billion at September 30, 2013 to $2.05 billion at December 31, 2013, and by approximately 6.2% during the first half of fiscal 2014, from $1.93 billion at June 30, 2013. The growth was attributable primarily to an increase in the number of tokens or products sold.

 

Annual Spend

 

Annual spend is a derivative metric that is closely related to TCV. TCV is an estimate of the renewal value of our active portfolio of term license agreements, as of a specific date. Annual spend is an estimate of the annualized value of our active

 

27



Table of Contents

 

portfolio of term agreements, as of a specific date. Annual spend is calculated by taking the most recent annual invoice value of each of our active term contracts and then aggregating this amount for all active term licenses. Annual spend also includes the annualized value of standalone SMS agreements purchased in conjunction with term license agreements. We believe that the annual spend metric may be helpful to investors attempting to analyze and model subscription and software revenue while we transition to our aspenONE licensing model. Comparing annual spend for different dates provides insight into the growth and retention rates of our business, and since annual spend represents the estimated annualized billings associated with our active term license agreements, it provides insight into a normalized value for subscription and software revenue.

 

Annual spend increases as a result of:

 

·                   New term license agreements with new or existing customers;

 

·                   Renewals or modifications of existing license agreements that result in higher license fees due to price escalation or an increase in the number of tokens (units of software usage) or products licensed;

 

·                   Escalation of annual payments in our active term contracts.

 

Annual spend is adversely affected by term license and standalone SMS agreements that are not renewed. Unlike TCV and TLCV, the value of annual spend is not impacted by changes to contract duration.

 

We estimate that annual spend grew by approximately 2.9% during the second quarter of fiscal 2014, from $346.2 million at September 30, 2013 to $356.1 million at December 31, 2013, and by approximately 5.4% during the first half of fiscal 2014, from $337.9 million at June 30, 2013. The growth was attributable primarily to an increase in the number of tokens or products sold.

 

Adjusted Total Costs

 

We use a non-GAAP measure of adjusted total costs, which excludes certain non-cash and non-recurring expenses, to supplement our presentation of total cost of revenue and total operating costs presented on a GAAP basis. Management believes that this financial measure is useful to investors because it approximates the cash operating costs of the business. The presentation of adjusted total costs is not meant to be considered as an alternative to total cost of revenue and total operating costs as a measure of our total costs.

 

The following table presents our total cost of revenue and total operating expenses, as adjusted for stock-based compensation expense, restructuring charges, and amortization of purchased technology intangibles, for the indicated periods:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
December 31,

 

Period-to-Period Change

 

Six Months Ended
December 31,

 

Period-to-Period
Change

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Percentages)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

 

$

12,443

 

$

12,373

 

$

70

 

0.6

%

$

24,521

 

$

24,711

 

$

(190

)

(0.8

)%

Total operating expenses

 

50,214

 

50,007

 

207

 

0.4

 

100,852

 

100,172

 

680

 

0.7

 

Total expenses

 

62,657

 

62,380

 

277

 

0.4

 

125,373

 

124,883

 

490

 

0.4

 

Less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

(3,151

)

(3,453

)

302

 

(8.8

)

(7,538

)

(7,768

)

230

 

(3.0

)

Restructuring charges

 

(7

)

6

 

(13

)

*

 

(4

)

(34

)

30

 

*

 

Amortization of purchased technology intangibles

 

(224

)

(199

)

(25

)

12.6

 

(473

)

(302

)

(171

)

56.6

 

Adjusted total costs (non-GAAP)

 

$

59,275

 

$

58,734

 

$

541

 

0.9

%

$

117,358

 

$

116,779

 

$

579

 

0.5

%

 


* Not meaningful

 

Comparison of the Three Months Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

Total expenses increased by $0.3 million during the three months ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the same period of the prior fiscal year. Please refer to the “Results of Operations” section below for additional information on period-over-period expense fluctuations.

 

Adjusted total costs consist of total cost of revenue and total operating expenses, adjusted to exclude stock-based compensation, restructuring charges and amortization of purchased technology intangibles. Adjusted total costs increased by $0.5 million during the three months ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the same period of the prior fiscal year. The period-over-period increase was primarily attributable to higher bad debt expense of $0.7 million, lower cost deferrals of $0.6 million on professional service projects accounted for under the completed contract method and higher compensation costs of $0.2 million, inclusive of commissions. The increases were partially offset by lower legal and accounting costs of $1.0 million.

 

The decrease of $0.3 million in stock-based compensation expense was primarily attributable to award forfeitures resulting from terminations that occurred during the three months ended December 31, 2013, partially offset by the incremental expense associated with the August 2013 annual program grant, which had a higher valuation than awards vested in previous periods.

 

28



Table of Contents

 

Comparison of the Six Months Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

Total expenses increased by $0.5 million during the six months ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the same period of the prior fiscal year. Please refer to the “Results of Operations” section below for additional information on period-over-period expense fluctuations.

 

Adjusted total costs increased by $0.6 million during the six months ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the same period of the prior fiscal year. The period-over-period increase was primarily attributable to lower cost deferrals of $1.3 million on professional service projects accounted for under the completed contract method, higher bad debt expense of $0.6 million, higher compensation costs of $0.7 million, inclusive of commissions, and higher other general operating costs of $0.3 million. The increases were partially offset by lower legal and accounting costs of $2.3 million.

 

Stock-based compensation expense decrease of $0.2 million was primarily attributable to award forfeitures resulting from terminations that occurred during the three months ended December 31, 2013, partially offset by the incremental expense associated with the August 2013 annual program grant, which had a higher valuation than awards vested in previous periods.

 

Free Cash Flow

 

We use a non-GAAP measure of free cash flow to analyze cash flows generated from our operations. Management believes that this financial measure is useful to investors because it permits investors to view our performance using the same tools that management uses to gauge progress in achieving our goals. We believe this measure is also useful to investors because it is an indication of cash flow that may be available to fund investments in future growth initiatives and it is useful as a basis for comparing our performance with that of our competitors. The presentation of free cash flow is not meant to be considered in isolation or as an alternative to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity.

 

Free cash flow is calculated as net cash provided by operating activities adjusted for the net impact of (a) purchases of property, equipment and leasehold improvements (b) insurance proceeds and (c) capitalized computer software development costs.

 

We do not expect to recognize levels of revenue reflective of the value of our active license agreements until the remaining term license agreements executed under our upfront revenue model (i) reach the end of their original terms and (ii) are renewed. As a result, we believe that our income statement profitability measures based on GAAP, such as total revenue, gross profit, operating income and net income, should be reviewed in conjunction with free cash flow to measure of our financial performance. Customer collections and, consequently, cash flows from operating activities and free cash flow are primarily driven by license and services billings, rather than the timing of revenue. The introduction of our aspenONE licensing model has not had an adverse impact on cash receipts. Additionally, we also believe that free cash flow is often used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of software companies.

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of net cash flows provided by operating activities to free cash flow for the periods presented:

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

72,256

 

$

54,140

 

Purchase of property, equipment, and leasehold improvements

 

(1,724

)

(2,567

)

Insurance proceeds

 

 

2,222

 

Capitalized computer software development costs

 

(504

)

(435

)

Free cash flow (non-GAAP)

 

$

70,028

 

$

53,360

 

 

Total free cash flow increased $16.7 million during the six months ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the same period of the prior fiscal year.

 

We have realized steadily improving free cash flow due to growth of our portfolio of term license contracts as well as from the renewal of customer contracts on an installment basis that were previously paid upfront.  Over the past few years we have reduced the incentive for customers to pay upfront by reducing the discount rate used to calculate the upfront payment. We expect our free cash flow to increase as our portfolio of term license contracts grows.

 

Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments

 

Our unaudited consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of our interim financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

We believe that the assumptions and estimates associated with the following critical accounting policies have the greatest

 

29



Table of Contents

 

potential impact on our unaudited consolidated financial statements:

 

·               revenue recognition;

 

·               accounting for income taxes; and

 

·               loss contingencies.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Four basic criteria must be satisfied before software license revenue can be recognized: persuasive evidence of an arrangement between us and an end user; delivery of our product has occurred; the fee for the product is fixed or determinable; and collection of the fee is probable.

 

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement —We use a signed contract as evidence of an arrangement for software licenses and SMS. For professional services we use a signed contract and a work proposal to evidence an arrangement. In cases where both a signed contract and a purchase order are required by the customer, we consider both taken together as evidence of the arrangement.

 

Delivery of our product —Software and the corresponding access keys are generally delivered to customers electronically or via disk media with standard shipping terms of FOB Origin. Our software license agreements do not contain conditions for acceptance.

 

Fee is fixed or determinable —We assess whether a fee is fixed or determinable at the outset of the arrangement. Significant judgment is involved in making this assessment.

 

Under our upfront revenue model, we are able to demonstrate that the fees are fixed or determinable for all arrangements, including those for our term licenses that contain extended payment terms. We have an established history of collecting under the terms of these contracts without providing concessions to customers. In addition, we also assess whether a contract modification to an existing term arrangement constitutes a concession. In making this assessment, significant analysis is performed to ensure that no concessions are given. Our software license agreements do not include a right of return or exchange. For license arrangements executed under the upfront revenue model, we recognize license revenue upon delivery of the software product, provided all other revenue recognition requirements are met.

 

We cannot assert that the fees under our aspenONE licensing model and point product arrangements with Premier Plus SMS are fixed or determinable because the rights provided to customers, and the economics of the arrangements, are not comparable to our transactions with other customers under the upfront revenue model. As a result, the amount of revenue recognized for these arrangements is limited by the amount of customer payments that become due.

 

Collection of fee is probable —We assess the probability of collecting from each customer at the outset of the arrangement based on a number of factors, including the customer’s payment history, its current creditworthiness, economic conditions in the customer’s industry and geographic location, and general economic conditions. If in our judgment collection of a fee is not probable, revenue is recognized as cash is collected, provided all other conditions for revenue recognition have been met.

 

Vendor-Specific Objective Evidence of Fair Value

 

We have established VSOE for certain SMS offerings, professional services, and training, but not for our software products or our Premier Plus SMS offering. We assess VSOE for SMS, professional services, and training based on an analysis of standalone sales of these offerings using the bell-shaped curve approach. We do not have a history of selling our Premier Plus SMS offering to customers on a standalone basis, and as a result are unable to establish VSOE for this deliverable.

 

We allocate the arrangement consideration among the elements included in our multi-element arrangements using the residual method. Under the residual method, the VSOE of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee for perpetual and term licenses is recognized as revenue upon delivery of the software, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. If VSOE does not exist for an undelivered element in an arrangement, revenue is deferred until such evidence does exist for the undelivered elements, or until all elements are delivered, whichever is earlier.  Under the upfront revenue model, the residual license fee is recognized upon delivery of the software provided all other revenue recognition criteria were met. Arrangements that qualify for upfront recognition include sales of perpetual licenses, amendments to existing legacy term arrangements and renewals of legacy term arrangements.

 

Subscription and Software Revenue

 

Subscription and software revenue consists of product and related revenue from our (i) aspenONE licensing model, including

 

30



Table of Contents

 

SMS; (ii) point product arrangements with our Premier Plus SMS offering included for the contract term; (iii) legacy arrangements including (a) amendments to existing legacy term arrangements, (b) renewals of legacy term arrangements and (c) legacy arrangements that are being recognized over time as a result of not previously meeting one or more of the requirements for recognition under the upfront revenue model; (iv) legacy SMS arrangements; and (v) perpetual arrangements.

 

When a customer elects to license our products under our aspenONE licensing model, our Premier Plus SMS offering is included for the entire term of the arrangement and the customer receives, for the term of the arrangement, the right to any new unspecified future software products and updates that may be introduced into the licensed aspenONE software suite. Due to our obligation to provide unspecified future software products and updates, we are required to recognize revenue ratably over the term of the arrangement, once the other revenue recognition criteria noted above have been met.

 

Our point product arrangements with Premier Plus SMS include SMS for the term of the arrangement. Since we do not have VSOE for our Premier Plus SMS offering, the SMS element of our point product arrangements is not separable. As a result, revenue associated with point product arrangements with Premier Plus SMS included for the contract term is recognized ratably over the term of the arrangement, once the other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

 

Perpetual and legacy term license arrangements do not include the same rights as those provided to customers under the aspenONE licensing model and point product arrangements with Premier Plus SMS.  We continue to have VSOE for the legacy SMS offering provided in support of these license arrangements and can therefore separate the undelivered elements.  Accordingly, the license fees for perpetual licenses and legacy arrangements continue to be recognized upon delivery of the software products using the residual method, provided all other revenue recognition requirements have been met.

 

Legacy SMS revenue includes revenue from our SMS offering provided in support of perpetual and legacy term license arrangements. Customers typically received SMS for one year and then could elect to renew SMS annually. We continue to have VSOE of fair value for the undelivered SMS component, which is deferred and subsequently amortized into revenue ratably over the contractual term of the SMS arrangement.

 

We expect legacy SMS revenue to continue to decrease as additional customers transition to our aspenONE licensing model. Prior to fiscal 2014, legacy SMS revenue was significant in relation to our total revenue and was classified within services and other revenue in our unaudited consolidated statements of operations. Beginning with the first quarter of fiscal 2014, legacy SMS revenue is included within subscription and software revenue in our unaudited consolidated statements of operations. For further information, please refer to the “Revenue Reclassification” section.

 

Services and Other Revenue

 

Professional Services Revenue

 

Professional services are provided to customers on a time-and-materials (T&M) or fixed-price basis. We recognize professional services fees for our T&M contracts based upon hours worked and contractually agreed-upon hourly rates. Revenue from fixed-price engagements is recognized using the proportional performance method based on the ratio of costs incurred to the total estimated project costs. Project costs are typically expensed as incurred. The use of the proportional performance method is dependent upon our ability to reliably estimate the costs to complete a project. We use historical experience as a basis for future estimates to complete current projects. Additionally, we believe that costs are the best available measure of performance. Out-of-pocket expenses which are reimbursed by customers are recorded as revenue.

 

In certain circumstances, professional services revenue may be recognized over a longer time period than the period over which the services are performed. If the costs to complete a project are not estimable or the completion is uncertain, the revenue is recognized upon completion of the services. In circumstances in which professional services are sold as a single arrangement with, or in contemplation of, a new aspenONE license or point product arrangement with Premier Plus SMS, revenue is deferred and recognized on a ratable basis over the longer of (i) the period the services are performed or (ii) the license term. When we provide professional services considered essential to the functionality of the software, we recognize the combined revenue from the sale of the software and related services using the completed contract or percentage-of-completion method.

 

We have occasionally been required to commit unanticipated additional resources to complete projects, which resulted in losses on those contracts. Provisions for estimated losses on contracts are made during the period in which such losses become probable and can be reasonably estimated.

 

Training Revenue

 

We provide training services to our customers, including on-site, Internet-based and customized training. Revenue is recognized in the period in which the services are performed.

 

31



Table of Contents

 

Accounting for Income Taxes and Loss Contingencies

 

Please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Result of Operations” contained in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for our fiscal year ended June 30, 2013 for a discussion of our critical accounting policies and estimates related to accounting for income taxes and loss contingencies.

 

32



Table of Contents

 

Results of Operations

 

Comparison of the Three and Six Months Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

The following table sets forth the results of operations and the period-over-period percentage change in certain financial data for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Increase /
(Decrease)

 

Six Months Ended

 

Increase /
(Decrease)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Change

 

December 31,

 

Change

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

%

 

2013

 

2012

 

%

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Percentages)

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subscription and software

 

$

88,924

 

$

69,037

 

28.8

%

$

167,607

 

$

132,800

 

26.2

%

Services and other

 

9,845

 

8,272

 

19.0

 

18,727

 

15,966

 

17.3

 

Total revenue

 

98,769

 

77,309

 

27.8

 

186,334

 

148,766

 

25.3

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subscription and software

 

5,022

 

5,118

 

(1.9

)

9,642

 

10,246

 

(5.9

)

Services and other

 

7,421

 

7,255

 

2.3

 

14,879

 

14,465

 

2.9

 

Total cost of revenue

 

12,443

 

12,373

 

0.6

 

24,521

 

24,711

 

(0.8

)

Gross profit

 

86,326

 

64,936

 

32.9

 

161,813

 

124,055

 

30.4

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing

 

24,178

 

23,303

 

3.8

 

47,109

 

44,894

 

4.9

 

Research and development

 

15,016

 

15,039

 

(0.2

)

30,850

 

30,805

 

0.1

 

General and administrative

 

11,013

 

11,671

 

(5.6

)

22,889

 

24,439

 

(6.3

)

Restructuring charges

 

7

 

(6

)

*

 

4

 

34

 

(88.2

)

Total operating expenses

 

50,214

 

50,007

 

0.4

 

100,852

 

100,172

 

0.7

 

Income from operations

 

36,112

 

14,929

 

*

 

60,961

 

23,883

 

*

 

Interest income

 

307

 

955

 

(67.8

)

694

 

2,054

 

(66.2

)

Interest expense

 

(8

)

(116

)

(93.1

)

(26

)

(373

)

(93.0

)

Other income (expense), net

 

(531

)

(57

)

*

 

(1,335

)

(334

)

*

 

Income before provision for income taxes

 

35,880

 

15,711

 

*

 

60,294

 

25,230

 

*

 

Provision for income taxes

 

12,617

 

5,774

 

118.5

 

22,032

 

10,880

 

102.5

 

Net income

 

$

23,263

 

$

9,937

 

*

%

$

38,262

 

$

14,350

 

*

%

 


* Not meaningful

 

The following table sets forth the results of operations as a percentage of net revenue for certain financial data for the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

2013

 

2012

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subscription and software

 

90.0

%

89.3

%

89.9

%

89.3

%

Services and other

 

10.0

 

10.7

 

10.1

 

10.7

 

Total revenue

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

100.0

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subscription and software

 

5.1

 

6.6

 

5.2

 

6.9

 

Services and other

 

7.5

 

9.4

 

8.0

 

9.7

 

Total cost of revenue

 

12.6

 

16.0

 

13.2

 

16.6

 

Gross profit

 

87.4

 

84.0

 

86.8

 

83.4

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing

 

24.4

 

30.1

 

25.2

 

30.2

 

Research and development

 

15.2

 

19.5

 

16.6

 

20.7

 

General and administrative

 

11.2

 

15.1

 

12.3

 

16.4

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

50.8

 

64.7

 

54.1

 

67.3

 

Income from operations

 

36.6

 

19.3

 

32.7

 

16.1

 

Interest income

 

0.2

 

1.2

 

0.4

 

1.4

 

Interest expense

 

 

(0.1

)

 

(0.3

)

Other (expense) income, net

 

(0.5

)

(0.1

)

(0.7

)

(0.2

)

Income before provision for income taxes

 

36.3

 

20.3

 

32.4

 

17.0

 

Provision for income taxes

 

12.7

 

7.4

 

11.9

 

7.4

 

Net income

 

23.6

%

12.9

%

20.5

%

9.6

%

 

33



Table of Contents

 

Revenue

 

Total revenue during the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 increased by $21.5 million and $37.6 million as compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year. The increase was attributable to higher subscription and software revenue of $19.9 million and $34.8 million and higher services and other revenue of $1.6 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

 

Subscription and Software Revenue

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Period-to-Period Change

 

December 31,

 

Period-to-Period Change

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Percentages)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subscription and software revenue

 

$

88,924

 

$

69,037

 

$

19,887

 

28.8

%

$

167,607

 

$

132,800

 

$

34,807

 

26.2

%

As a percent of revenue

 

90.0

%

89.3

%

 

 

 

 

89.9

%

89.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

The increase in subscription and software revenue during the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the corresponding periods of the prior fiscal year was primarily the result of a larger base of license arrangements being recognized on a ratable basis.

 

We expect subscription and software revenue to continue to increase as customers transition to our aspenONE licensing model. The transition will not be complete until fiscal 2016 since many of our license arrangements were five or six years in duration when the aspenONE licensing model was introduced at the start of fiscal 2010.

 

Prior to fiscal 2014, legacy SMS revenue was significant in relation to our total revenue and was classified within services and other revenue in our unaudited consolidated statements of operations. Beginning with the first quarter of fiscal 2014, legacy SMS revenue is included within subscription and software revenue in our unaudited consolidated statements of operations. For further information, please refer to the “Revenue Reclassification” section.

 

Services and Other Revenue

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Period-to-Period Change

 

December 31,

 

Period-to-Period Change

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Percentages)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Services and other revenue

 

$

9,845

 

$

8,272

 

$

1,573

 

19.0

%

$

18,727

 

$

15,966

 

$

2,761

 

17.3

%

As a percent of revenue

 

10.0

%

10.7

%

 

 

 

 

10.1

%

10.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

Services and other revenue consists primarily of revenue related to professional services and training.

 

The increase in services and other revenue of $1.6 million during the three months ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year was primarily attributable to higher professional services revenue of $1.3 million and higher training revenue of $0.3 million, respectively.

 

The period-over-period increase in professional services revenue of $1.3 million during the three months ended December 31, 2013 was primarily attributable to the timing of revenue recognition on certain arrangements accounted for under the completed contract method. During the three months ended December 31, 2013, we recognized $0.6 million of professional services revenue on the arrangements accounted for under the completed contract method. By comparison, we deferred the recognition of $0.5 million of revenue on similar arrangements during the corresponding periods of the prior fiscal year.

 

The increase in services and other revenue of $2.8 million during the six months ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year was primarily attributable to higher professional services revenue of $2.7 million and higher training revenue of $0.1 million, respectively.

 

The period-over-period increase in professional services revenue of $2.7 million during the six months ended December 31, 2013 was primarily attributable to the timing of revenue recognition on certain arrangements accounted for under the completed contract method. During the six months ended December 31, 2013, we recognized $1.2 million of professional services revenue on the arrangements accounted for under the completed contract method. By comparison, we deferred the recognition of $1.2 million of revenue on similar arrangements during the corresponding periods of the prior fiscal year.

 

34



Table of Contents

 

Expenses

 

Cost of Subscription and Software Revenue

 

 

 

Three Months Ended 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 

 

Period-to-Period Change 

 

December 31, 

 

Period-to-Period Change 

 

 

 

2013 

 

2012 

 

 

 

2013 

 

2012 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Percentages) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of subscription and software revenue

 

$

5,022

 

$

5,118

 

$

(96

)

-1.9

%

9,642

 

$

10,246

 

$

(604

)

-5.9

%

Gross margin

 

94.4

%

92.6

%

 

 

 

 

94.2

%

92.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of subscription and software revenue during the three months ended December 31, 2013 was consistent with the same period of the prior fiscal year.

 

The period-over-period decrease of $0.6 million in cost of subscription and software revenue during the six months ended December 31, 2013 was primarily attributable to lower compensation and related costs.

 

Prior to fiscal 2014, cost of legacy SMS revenue was presented within cost of services and other revenue in our unaudited consolidated statements of operations. Beginning with the first quarter of fiscal 2014, cost of legacy SMS revenue is presented within cost of subscription and software revenue in our unaudited consolidated statements of operations. For further information, please refer to the “Revenue Reclassification” section.

 

Cost of Services and Other Revenue

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Period-to-Period Change

 

December 31,

 

Period-to-Period Change

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Percentages)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of services and other revenue

 

$

7,421

 

$

7,255

 

$

166

 

2.3

%

$

14,879

 

$

14,465

 

$

414

 

2.9

%

Gross margin

 

24.6

%

12.3

%

 

 

 

 

20.5

%

9.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of services and other revenue includes the cost of providing professional services and training.

 

Cost of services and other revenue during the three months ended December 31, 2013 was consistent with the same period of the prior fiscal year.

 

The timing of expense recognition on professional service arrangements can impact the comparability of cost of professional services revenue from period to period. We recognized net costs of $0.2 million and $0.5 million on a certain large arrangement accounted for under the completed contract method during the three and six months ended December 31, 2013. By comparison, we deferred costs of $0.5 million and $0.8 million on this arrangement during the three and six months ended December 31, 2012.

 

The increase in cost of services and other revenue of $0.4 million during the six months ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year was primarily due to lower cost deferrals of $1.3 million on professional service projects accounted for under the completed contract method. These increases were partially offset by lower cost of professional services revenue of $0.9 million due to lower compensation and other operating costs.

 

Gross margin on services and other revenue increased from 12.3% during the three months ended December 31, 2012 to 24.6% during the corresponding period of the current fiscal year primarily due to higher revenue, lower compensation and other operating costs on professional services and the impact of cost deferrals related to the timing of expense recognition on professional service arrangements, as noted above.

 

Gross margin on services and other revenue increased from 9.4% during the six months ended December 31, 2012 to 20.5% during the corresponding period of the current fiscal year primarily due to higher revenue, lower compensation and other operating costs on professional services and the impact of cost deferrals related to the timing of expense recognition on professional service arrangements, as noted above.

 

Selling and Marketing Expense

 

 

 

Three Months Ended 

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Period-to-Period Change

 

December 31,

 

Period-to-Period Change

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Percentages)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing expense

 

$

24,178

 

$

23,303

 

$

875

 

3.8

%

$

47,109

 

$

44,894

 

$

2,215

 

4.9

%

As a percent of revenue

 

24.4

%

30.1

%

 

 

 

 

25.2

%

30.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

The period-over-period increase in selling and marketing expense of $0.9 million during the three months ended December 31, 2013 was primarily the result of higher compensation and related costs of $0.8 million, inclusive of commissions.

 

35



Table of Contents

 

The period-over-period increase in selling and marketing expense of $2.2 million during the six months ended December 31, 2013 was primarily the result of higher compensation and related costs of $1.7 million, inclusive of commissions.

 

Research and Development Expense

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Period-to-Period Change

 

December 31,

 

Period-to-Period Change

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Percentages)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development expense

 

$

15,016

 

$

15,039

 

$

(23

)

-0.2

%

$

30,850

 

$

30,805

 

$

45

 

0.1

%

As a percent of revenue

 

15.2

%

19.5

%

 

 

 

 

16.6

%

20.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development expense during the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 was consistent with the same periods of the prior fiscal year.

 

General and Administrative Expense

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Period-to-Period Change

 

December 31,

 

Period-to-Period Change

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Percentages)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative expense

 

$

11,013

 

$

11,671

 

$

(658

)

-5.6

%

$

22,889

 

$

24,439

 

$

(1,550

)

-6.3

%

As a percent of revenue

 

11.2

%

15.1

%

 

 

 

 

12.3

%

16.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

The period-over-period decrease in general and administrative expense of $0.7 million during the three months ended December 31, 2013 was primarily attributable to lower legal and accounting costs of $1.0 million and lower compensation and related costs of $0.4 million, partially offset by higher bad debt expense of $0.7 million.

 

The period-over-period decrease in general and administrative expense of $1.6 million during the six months ended December 31, 2013 was primarily attributable to lower legal and accounting costs of $2.2 million, partially offset by higher bad debt expense of $0.6 million.

 

Interest Income

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Period-to-Period Change

 

December 31,

 

Period-to-Period Change

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Percentages)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$

307

 

$

955

 

$

(648

)

-67.8

%

$

694

 

$

2,054

 

$

(1,360

)

-66.2

%

As a percent of revenue

 

0.2

%

1.2

%

 

 

 

 

0.4

%

1.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

The period-over-period decrease in interest income during the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 was attributable to the decrease of our installments receivable portfolio. We expect interest income to continue to decrease going forward as our installments receivable balance continues to decrease.

 

Interest Expense

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Period-to-Period Change

 

December 31,

 

Period-to-Period Change

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Percentages)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

$

(8

)

$

(116

)

$

108

 

-93.1

%

$

(26

)

$

(373

)

$

347

 

-93.0

%

As a percent of revenue

 

0.0

%

-0.1

%

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

-0.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

The period-over-period decrease in interest expense during the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 was attributable to the pay-down of our secured borrowings that were repaid in full during the second quarter of fiscal 2013.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Period-to-Period Change

 

December 31,

 

Period-to-Period Change

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Percentages)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense), net

 

$

(531

)

$

(57

)

$

(474

)

*

 

$

(1,335

)

$

(334

)

$

(1,001

)

 

*

 

As a percent of revenue

 

-0.5

%

-0.1

%

 

 

 

 

-0.7

%

-0.2

%

 

 

 

 

 


* Not meaningful

 

Other income (expense), net is comprised primarily of unrealized and realized foreign currency exchange gains and losses generated from the settlement and remeasurement of transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of our operating units. Other income (expense), net also includes miscellaneous non-operating gains and losses.

 

During the three months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, other income (expense), net was comprised of $0.5 million and $0.1 million of net currency losses, respectively. During the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, other income (expense), net was comprised of $1.3 million and $0.4 million of net currency losses, respectively.

 

Provision for Income Taxes

 

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

 

 

 

 

Six Months Ended 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

Period-to-Period Change

 

December 31,

 

Period-to-Period Change

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

2013

 

2012

 

$

 

%

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Percentages)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

 

$

12,617

 

$

5,774

 

$

6,843

 

*

 

$

22,032

 

$

10,880

 

$

11,152

 

*

 

Effective tax rate

 

35.2

%

36.8

%

 

 

 

 

36.5

%

43.1

%

 

 

 

 

 


* Not meaningful

 

The effective tax rate for the periods presented is primarily the result of income earned in the U.S. taxed at U.S. federal and state statutory income tax rates, income earned in foreign tax jurisdictions taxed at the applicable rates, as well as the impact of permanent differences between book and tax income.

 

Our effective tax rate for the three months ended December 31, 2013 was 35.2% as compared to 36.8% for the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year. Our effective tax rate for the six months ended December 31, 2013 was 36.5% as compared to 43.1% for the corresponding period of the prior fiscal year. During the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, our income tax expense was driven primarily by pre-tax profitability in our domestic and foreign operations and the impact of non-deductible stock-based compensation, partially offset by a U.S. domestic production activity deduction.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Resources

 

In recent years, we have financed our operations with cash generated from operating activities. As of December 31, 2013, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of $137.5 million in cash and cash equivalents and $98.2 million of marketable securities. As of December 31, 2012, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of $175.2 million in cash and cash equivalents.

 

We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities, together with our cash flows from operating activities will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next twelve months. To the extent our cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and cash flows from operating activities are insufficient to fund future activities, we may need to raise additional funds through the financing of receivables or from public or private equity or debt financings. We also may need to raise additional funds in the event we decide to make one or more acquisitions of businesses, technologies or products. If additional funding is required, we may not be able to effect a receivable, equity or debt financing on terms acceptable to us or at all.

 

Our cash equivalents of $106.3 million and $175.2 million consist primarily of money market funds as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Our investments in marketable securities of $98.2 million as of December 31, 2013 consist primarily of investment grade fixed income corporate debt securities with maturities ranging from less than one month to 21 months. We had no investments in marketable securities as of December 31, 2012. The fair value of our portfolio is affected by interest rate movements, credit and liquidity risks. The objective of our investment policy is to manage our cash and investments

 

37



Table of Contents

 

to preserve principal and maintain liquidity, while earning a return on our investment portfolio by investing available funds. We diversify our investment portfolio by investing in multiple types of investment-grade securities and using a third-party investment manager.

 

The following table summarizes our cash flow activities for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

 

December,

 

 

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Cash flow provided by (used in):

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

72,256

 

$

54,140

 

Investing activities

 

(8,796

)

(1,307

)

Financing activities

 

(58,643

)

(43,030

)

Effect of exchange rates on cash balances

 

228

 

179

 

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

5,045

 

$

9,982

 

 

Operating Activities

 

Our primary source of cash is from the annual installments associated with our software license arrangements and related software support services, and to a lesser extent from professional services and training. We believe that cash inflows from our term license business will grow as we benefit from the continued growth of our portfolio of term license contracts.

 

Cash from operating activities provided $72.3 million during the six months ended December 31, 2013. This amount resulted from net income of $38.3 million, adjusted for non-cash items of $29.5 million and net sources of cash of $17.5 million due to decreases in operating assets. Partially offsetting these sources of cash were net decreases in operating liabilities of $13.0 million.

 

Non-cash expenses within net income consisted primarily of $7.5 million for stock-based compensation expense, deferred income tax expense of $16.8 million and $2.5 million of depreciation and amortization.

 

A net decrease in operating assets contributed $17.5 million to net cash from operating activities. Sources of cash consisted of decreases in installment receivables totaling $8.3 million, decreases in accounts receivable of $6.5 million, decreases in prepaid expenses, prepaid income taxes and other assets totaling $1.5 million and decreases in unbilled services of $1.2 million. Partially offsetting these sources of cash were net decreases in operating liabilities of $13.0 million, which consisted of reductions in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $5.6 million and decreases in deferred revenue of $7.5 million.

 

Investing Activities

 

During the six months ended December 31, 2013, we used $8.8 million of cash for investing activities. The cash used consisted primarily of $19.0 million for purchases of marketable securities related to a program which we initiated during the third quarter of fiscal 2013 to make direct investments in these assets. Partially offsetting this use of cash was the receipt of $12.4 million from maturities of marketable securities.

 

Additional uses of cash during the period included $1.7 million related to capital expenditures, primarily for computer hardware and software, and $0.5 million related to capitalized computer software development costs. We do not expect our future investment in capital expenditures to be materially different from recent levels. We are not currently a party to any material purchase contracts related to future capital expenditures.

 

Financing Activities

 

During the six months ended December 31, 2013, we used $58.6 million of cash for financing activities.  We paid $58.9 million for the repurchase of our common stock and paid withholding taxes of $4.2 million on vested and settled restricted stock units.  Sources of cash in the period included proceeds of $4.4 million from the exercise of employee stock options.

 

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

 

In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists. ASU No. 2013-11 provides guidance on the financial statement presentation of unrecognized tax benefits when net operating losses, similar tax losses, or tax credit carryforwards exist. ASU No. 2013-11 requires entities to present unrecognized tax benefits as reductions of deferred tax assets for net operating losses, tax credit carryforwards, or similar losses if

 

38



Table of Contents

 

they are available to settle any additional income tax liabilities as a result of a tax position disallowance under the tax laws of the applicable jurisdiction. Unrecognized tax benefits should be presented as liabilities and should not be combined with deferred tax assets if net operating losses, tax credit carryforwards, or similar losses are not available to settle any additional income tax liabilities as a result of the tax position disallowance, and the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose.

 

ASU No. 2013-11 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013 and should be applied prospectively. Early adoption of ASU No. 2013-11 is permitted. We adopted ASU No. 2013-11 during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013. The adoption of ASU No. 2013-11 did not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. ASU No. 2013-02 requires entities to present by component significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes to the financial statements. ASU No. 2013-02 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 31, 2012 and should be applied prospectively. We adopted ASU No. 2013-02 during the third quarter of fiscal 2013. The adoption of ASU No. 2013-02 did not have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

Item 3.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

 

In the ordinary course of conducting business, we are exposed to certain risks associated with potential changes in market conditions. These market risks include changes in currency exchange rates and interest rates which could affect operating results, financial position and cash flows. We manage our exposure to these market risks through our regular operating and financing activities and, if considered appropriate, we may enter into derivative financial instruments, such as forward currency exchange contracts.

 

Foreign Currency Risk

 

During the three months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, 15.4% and 19.5% of our total revenue was denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar. During the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, 16.2% and 19.7% of our total revenue was denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar. In addition, certain of our operating costs incurred outside the United States are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We conduct business on a worldwide basis and as a result, a portion of our revenue, earnings, net assets and net investments in foreign affiliates is exposed to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We measure our net exposure for cash balance positions and for cash inflows and outflows in order to evaluate the need to mitigate our foreign exchange risk. We may enter into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the impact related to unfavorable exchange rate movements, although we have not done so during the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Our largest exposures to foreign currency exchange rates exist primarily with the Euro, Pound Sterling, Canadian Dollar, and Japanese Yen.

 

During the three months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we recorded $0.5 million and $0.1 million of net foreign currency exchange losses related to the settlement and remeasurement of transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of our operating units. Our analysis of operating results transacted in various foreign currencies indicated that a hypothetical 10% change in the foreign currency exchange rates could have increased or decreased the consolidated results of operations by approximately $1.4 million for three months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 in each period, respectively.

 

During the six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we recorded $1.3 million and $0.4 million of net foreign currency exchange losses related to the settlement and remeasurement of transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of our operating units. Our analysis of operating results transacted in various foreign currencies indicated that a hypothetical 10% change in the foreign currency exchange rates could have increased or decreased the consolidated results of operations by approximately $3.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2013 and by approximately $2.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2012, respectively.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

We do not use derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio. We place our investments in money market instruments and high quality, investment grade, fixed-income corporate debt securities that meet high credit quality standards, as specified in our investment guidelines.

 

We mitigate the risks by diversifying our investment portfolio and limiting the amount of investments in debt securities of any single issuer. As of December 31, 2013, our debt securities are short-to intermediate-term investments with maturities ranging from less than one month to 21 months.

 

Our analysis of our investment portfolio and interest rates at December 31, 2013 indicated that a 100 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates would result in a decrease or increase of approximately $0.6 million in the fair value of our investment portfolio determined in accordance with income-based approach utilizing portfolio future cash flows discounted at the appropriate rates. At December 31, 2012, our investment portfolio consisted of money market instruments which were included in cash and cash equivalents on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

Item 4.    Controls and Procedures

 

a)    Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2013. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2013, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

 

b)    Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

 

During the three months ended December 31, 2013, no changes were identified to our internal controls over financial reporting that materially affected, or were reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1.          Legal Proceedings.

 

Refer to Note 11, “Commitments and Contingencies,” in the Notes to the Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding certain legal proceedings, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

 

The risks described in Item 1A. Risk Factors, in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2013, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These risk factors do not identify all risks that we face—our operations could also be affected by factors that are not presently known to us or that we currently consider to be immaterial to our operations. The Risk Factors section of our 2013 Annual Report on Form 10-K remains current in material respects, with the exception of the revised risk factors below.

 

The majority of our revenue is attributable to operations outside the United States, and our operating results therefore may be materially affected by the economic, political, regulatory and other risks of foreign operations.

 

As of December 31, 2013, we operated in 29 countries. We sell our products primarily through a direct sales force located throughout the world. In the event that we are unable to adequately staff and maintain our foreign operations, we could face difficulties managing our international operations.

 

Customers outside the United States accounted for the majority of our total revenue during the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. We anticipate that revenue from customers outside the United States will continue to account for a significant portion of our total revenue for the foreseeable future. Our operating results attributable to operations outside the United States are subject to additional risks, including:

 

·       unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, tariffs and other barriers;

 

·       less effective protection of intellectual property;

 

·       requirements of foreign laws and other governmental controls;

 

·       delays in the execution of license agreement renewals in the same quarter in which the original agreements expire;

 

·       difficulties in collecting trade accounts receivable in other countries;

 

·       adverse tax consequences; and

 

·       the challenges of managing legal disputes in foreign jurisdictions.

 

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could result in declines in our reported revenue and operating results.

 

During the three months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, 15.4% and 19.5% of our total revenue was denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar. During the six months ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, 16.2% and 19.7% of our total revenue was denominated in a currency other than the U.S. dollar. In addition, certain of our operating expenses incurred outside the United States are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Our reported revenue and operating results are subject to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Foreign currency risk arises primarily from the net difference between non-U.S. dollar receipts from customers outside the United States and non-U.S. dollar operating expenses for subsidiaries in foreign countries. Currently, our largest exposures to foreign exchange rates exist primarily with the Euro, Pound Sterling, Canadian dollar and Japanese Yen against the U.S. dollar. During the three and six months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we did not enter into, and were not a party to, any derivative financial instruments, such as forward currency exchange contracts, intended to manage the volatility of these market risks. We cannot predict the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, and foreign currency fluctuations in the future may adversely affect our revenue and operating results. Any hedging policies we may implement in the future may not be successful, and the cost of those hedging techniques may have a significant negative impact on our operating results.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

Item 2.    Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.

 

The following table provides information about purchases by us during the three months ended December 31, 2013 of shares of our common stock.

 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

 

 

(a)

 

(b)

 

(c)

 

(d)

 

Period

 

Total Number
of Shares

Purchased (2)

 

Average Price
Paid per Share (3)

 

Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Program
(1)

 

Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Program

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

October 1 to 31, 2013

 

326,184

 

$

35.08

 

326,184

 

 

 

November 1 to 30, 2013

 

260,595

 

$

38.20

 

260,595

 

 

 

December 1 to 31, 2013

 

213,615

 

$

40.35

 

213,615

 

 

 

Total

 

800,394

 

$

37.66

 

800,394

 

$

75,455,772

 

 


(1)          On April 23, 2013, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program for up to $150 million worth of our common stock. This share repurchase program replaced the program previously approved by the Board of Directors on October 24, 2012. Our previous program had a value of up to $100 million and was terminated on April 23, 2013.

 

(2)          As of December 31, 2013, the total number of shares of common stock repurchased under all programs approved by the Board of Directors was 7,932,017 shares.

 

(3)          The total average price paid per share is calculated as the total amount paid for the repurchase of our common stock during the period divided by the total number of shares repurchased.

 

43



Table of Contents

 

Item 5.   Other Information.

 

In January 2014 we entered into a lease agreement with RAR2-Crosby Corporate Center QRS, Inc. for office space in Bedford, Massachusetts. The initial term of the lease (a) commences on November 1, 2014 with respect to 105,874 square feet of office space at 20 and 28 Crosby Drive in Bedford and on February 1, 2015 with respect to 36,799 square feet at 22 Crosby Drive in Bedford and (b) expires on March 31, 2025. We may extend the lease for two successive terms of five years each.

 

We have non-cancelable obligations under the lease totaling $35.6 million. We will incur base annual rent with respect to the leased premises ranging from $1.9 million to $3.9 million over the term of the lease and also will be required to pay our proportionate share of certain operating expenses and real estate taxes.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

Item 6.   Exhibits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

 

Filed with
this Form
10-Q

 

Form

 

Filing
Date with
SEC

 

Exhibit
Number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

Lease Agreement dated January 27, 2014 between RAR2-Crosby Corporate Center QRS, Inc. and Aspen Technology, Inc. regarding 20, 22 and 28 Crosby Drive, Bedford, Massachusetts

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.INS

 

Instance Document

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

Date:  January 30, 2014

By:

/s/ ANTONIO J. PIETRI

 

 

Antonio J. Pietri

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

Date:  January 30, 2014

By:

/s/ MARK P. SULLIVAN

 

 

Mark P. Sullivan

 

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

46



Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

 

Filed with 
this Form
10-Q

 

Form

 

Filing
Date with 
SEC

 

Exhibit 
Number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

Lease Agreement dated January 27, 2014 between RAR2-Crosby Corporate Center QRS, Inc. and Aspen Technology, Inc. regarding 20, 22 and 28 Crosby Drive, Bedford, Massachusetts

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.INS

 

Instance Document

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47


Exhibit 10.1

 

LEASE

 

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC.,

a Maryland corporation

 

Landlord,

 

and

 

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC.,

a Delaware corporation

 

Tenant

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

USE AND RESTRICTIONS ON USE

1

 

 

 

2.

TERM

5

 

 

 

3.

RENT

7

 

 

 

4.

RENT ADJUSTMENTS

8

 

 

 

5.

SECURITY DEPOSIT

13

 

 

 

6.

ALTERATIONS

15

 

 

 

7.

REPAIR

17

 

 

 

8.

LIENS

18

 

 

 

9.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

18

 

 

 

10.

INDEMNIFICATION

20

 

 

 

11.

INSURANCE

21

 

 

 

12.

WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

23

 

 

 

13.

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

23

 

 

 

14.

HOLDING OVER

25

 

 

 

15.

SUBORDINATION

26

 

 

 

16.

RULES AND REGULATIONS

26

 

 

 

17.

REENTRY BY LANDLORD

26

 

 

 

18.

DEFAULT

27

 

 

 

19.

REMEDIES

28

 

 

 

20.

TENANT’S BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY

32

 

 

 

21.

QUIET ENJOYMENT

33

 

 

 

22.

CASUALTY

33

 

 

 

23.

EMINENT DOMAIN

35

 

 

 

24.

SALE BY LANDLORD

35

 

 

 

25.

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

36

 

 

 

26.

SURRENDER OF PREMISES

36

 

 

 

27.

NOTICES

37

 

 

 

28.

TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT

37

 

 

 

29.

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

37

 

 

 

30.

PARKING

38

 

 

 

31.

DEFINED TERMS AND HEADINGS

39

 

 

 

32.

TENANT’S AUTHORITY

39

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

33.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND CREDIT REPORTS

39

 

 

 

34.

COMMISSIONS

40

 

 

 

35.

TIME AND APPLICABLE LAW

40

 

 

 

36.

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

40

 

 

 

37.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

40

 

 

 

38.

EXAMINATION NOT OPTION

40

 

 

 

39.

RECORDATION

40

 

 

 

40.

OPTION TO EXTEND

40

 

 

 

41.

LIMITATION OF LANDLORD’S LIABILITY

42

 

 

 

42.

TERMINATION OPTION

43

 

 

 

43.

RIGHTS OF FIRST OFFER

43

 

 

 

44.

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

46

 

 

 

45.

LANDLORD REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

46

 

 

 

46.

SPACE MEASUREMENT

46

 

 

 

47.

SATELLITE DISH

46

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A-1 — FLOOR PLAN DEPICTING THE 20 CROSBY PREMISES

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A-2 — FLOOR PLAN DEPICTING THE 28 CROSBY PREMISES

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A-3 — FLOOR PLAN DEPICTING THE 22 CROSBY PREMISES

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A-4 — SITE PLAN

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B — INITIAL ALTERATIONS

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C — COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

 

 

 

EXHIBIT D — RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

 

 

EXHIBIT E — FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

 

 

 

EXHIBIT F —TENANT’S EXCLUSIVE PARKING SPACES

 

 

 

EXHIBIT G — CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS

 

 

 

EXHIBIT H-1 — 22 CROSBY RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER SPACE

 

 

ii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

Page

 

 

EXHIBIT H-2 — 28 CROSBY RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER SPACE

 

 

 

EXHIBIT H-3 — 28 CROSBY SECOND FLOOR RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER SPACE

 

 

 

EXHIBIT I — NOTICE OF LEASE

 

 

iii



 

OFFICE LEASE

 

REFERENCE PAGES

 

20 CROSBY BUILDING:

 

20 Crosby Drive

Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

 

 

 

22 CROSBY BUILDING:

 

22 Crosby Drive

Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

 

 

 

28 CROSBY BUILDING:

 

28 Crosby Drive

Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

 

The 20 Crosby Building, 22 Crosby Building and 28 Crosby Building are referred to collectively herein as the “Buildings.”

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

LANDLORD’S ADDRESS:

 

c/o RREEF

4 Technology Drive

Westborough, Massachusetts 01581

 

 

 

WIRE INSTRUCTIONS AND/OR ADDRESS FOR RENT PAYMENT FOR THE PREMISES:

 

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC.

61.L460001, 2, 5 Crosby Corp. Ctr. - 20, 22, 28

P.O. Box 9046

Addison, TX 75001-9046

 

 

 

LEASE REFERENCE DATE:

 

January 27, 2014

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

TENANT’S NOTICE ADDRESS:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)  As of beginning of Term:

 

20 Crosby Drive

Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

 

 

 

(b)  Prior to beginning of Term (if different):

 

200 Wheeler Road

Burlington, Massachusetts 01803

 

 

 

PREMISES ADDRESS:

 

20, 22 and 28 Crosby Drive

Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

iv



 

PREMISES RENTABLE AREA:

 

From the Commencement Date through the day immediately preceding the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the “Premises Rentable Area” shall consist of approximately 105,874 rentable square feet in the aggregate, consisting of (a) the entire 20 Crosby Building, containing approximately 78,689 rentable square feet as shown on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto (the “20 Crosby Premises”), and (b) approximately 27,185 rentable square feet located on the second (2 nd ) floor of the 28 Crosby Building as shown on Exhibit A-2 attached hereto (the “28 Crosby Premises” and, together with the 20 Crosby Premises, the “Pre-Expansion Premises”).

 

From the Expansion Premises Commencement Date through the Termination Date, the “Premises Rentable Area” shall consist of approximately 142,673 rentable square feet in the aggregate, consisting of (a) the Pre-Expansion Premises, and (b) approximately 36,799 rentable square feet located on the second (2 nd ) floor of the 22 Crosby Building as shown on Exhibit A-3 attached hereto (the “22 Crosby Premises” or the “Expansion Premises”).

 

 

 

PREMISES:

 

From the Commencement Date through the day immediately preceding the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the “Premises” shall consist of the Pre-Expansion Premises.

 

From the Expansion Premises Commencement Date through the Termination Date, the “Premises” shall consist of the Pre-Expansion Premises and the Expansion Premises.

 

 

 

20 CROSBY BUILDING RENTABLE AREA:

 

Approximately 78,689 rentable square feet.

 

 

 

22 CROSBY BUILDING RENTABLE AREA:

 

Approximately 54,067 rentable square feet.

 

 

 

28 CROSBY BUILDING RENTABLE AREA:

 

Approximately 117,185 rentable square feet.

 

 

 

SCHEDULED COMMENCEMENT DATE:

 

November 1, 2014.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

v



 

EXPANSION PREMISES SCHEDULED COMMENCEMENT DATE:

 

February 1, 2015.

 

 

 

COMMENCEMENT DATE:

 

The earlier of the date upon which (a) Tenant occupies any portion of the Premises for the conduct of its business, or (b) the Substantial Completion Date (as defined on Exhibit B attached hereto) for the Pre-Expansion Premises occurs pursuant to the terms and provisions of Exhibit B . The period from the Commencement Date to the last day of the same month is referred to hereunder as the “Commencement Month.”

 

 

 

EXPANSION PREMISES COMMENCEMENT DATE:

 

The Substantial Completion Date for the Expansion Premises.

 

 

 

TERM:

 

Approximately ten (10) years, five (5) months, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the Termination Date.

 

 

 

TERMINATION DATE:

 

The last day of the one hundred twenty-fifth (125 th ) full calendar month after the Commencement Date (if the Commencement Month is not a full calendar month), or the last day of the one hundred twenty-five (125) month period that begins with and includes (if the Commencement Month is a full calendar month), the Commencement Month.

 

 

 

PRE-EXPANSION PREMISES RENT COMMENCEMENT DATE:

 

The one hundred fiftieth (150 th ) day following the Commencement Date.

 

 

 

EXPANSION PREMISES RENT COMMENCEMENT DATE:

 

The Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

vi



 

ANNUAL RENT and MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF RENT (Article 3):

 

For the Pre-Expansion Premises :

 

Period

 

Rentable
Square

 

Annual
Rent Per
Square

 

 

 

Monthly
Installment

 

From

 

Through

 

Footage

 

Foot

 

Annual Rent

 

of Rent

 

Commencement Date

 

The day immediately preceding the Pre-Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date (the “Pre-Expansion Premises Free Base Rent Period”)

 

105,874

 

$

0.00

*

$

0.00

*

$

0.00

*

Pre-Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date

 

End of Month 12, which shall mean the end of the twelfth (12 th ) full calendar month after the Commencement Month (if the Commencement Month shall be a partial month) or shall mean the end of the twelve (12) month period that includes the Commencement Month (if the Commencement Month shall be a full calendar month)

 

105,874

 

$

22.50

 

$

2,382,165.00

 

$

198,513.75

 

Month 13

 

Month 24

 

105,874

 

$

23.00

 

$

2,435,102.00

 

$

202,925.17

 

Month 25

 

Month 36

 

105,874

 

$

23.50

 

$

2,488,039.00

 

$

207,336.58

 

Month 37

 

Month 48

 

105,874

 

$

24.00

 

$

2,540,976.00

 

$

211,748.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

vii



 

Month 49

 

Month 60

 

105,874

 

$

24.50

 

$

2,593,913.00

 

$

216,159.42

 

Month 61

 

Month 72

 

105,874

 

$

25.00

 

$

2,646,850.00

 

$

220,570.83

 

Month 73

 

Month 84

 

105,874

 

$

25.50

 

$

2,699,787.00

 

$

224,982.25

 

Month 85

 

Month 96

 

105,874

 

$

26.00

 

$

2,752,724.00

 

$

229,393.67

 

Month 97

 

Month 108

 

105,874

 

$

26.50

 

$

2,805,661.00

 

$

233,805.08

 

Month 109

 

Termination Date

 

105,874

 

$

27.00

 

$

2,858,598.99

 

$

238,216.50

 

 


* Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, Tenant shall not be required to pay Taxes or Expenses (but Tenant shall pay for its electricity for the Pre-Expansion Premises) during the Pre-Expansion Premises Free Base Rent Period in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Lease. 

 

For the 22 Crosby Premises :

 

Period

 

Rentable
Square

 

Annual
Rent Per
Square

 

 

 

Monthly
Installment

 

From

 

Through

 

Footage

 

Foot

 

Annual Rent

 

of Rent

 

Expansion Premises Commencement Date

 

End of Month 12, which shall mean the end of the twelfth (12 th ) full calendar month after the Commencement Month (if the Commencement Month shall be a partial month) or shall mean the end of the twelve (12) month period that includes the Commencement Month (if the Commencement Month shall be a full calendar month)

 

36,799

 

$

22.50

 

$

827,977.50

 

$

68,998.13

 

Month 13

 

Month 24

 

36,799

 

$

23.00

 

$

846,377.00

 

$

70,531.42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

viii



 

Month 25

 

Month 36

 

36,799

 

$

23.50

 

$

864,776.50

 

$

72,064.71

 

Month 37

 

Month 48

 

36,799

 

$

24.00

 

$

883,176.00

 

$

73,598.00

 

Month 49

 

Month 60

 

36,799

 

$

24.50

 

$

901,575.50

 

$

75,131.29

 

Month 61

 

Month 72

 

36,799

 

$

25.00

 

$

919,975.00

 

$

76,664.58

 

Month 73

 

Month 84

 

36,799

 

$

25.50

 

$

938,374.50

 

$

78,197.88

 

Month 85

 

Month 96

 

36,799

 

$

26.00

 

$

956,774.00

 

$

79,731.17

 

Month 97

 

Month 108

 

36,799

 

$

26.50

 

$

975,173.50

 

$

81,264.46

 

Month 109

 

Termination Date

 

36,799

 

$

27.00

 

$

993,573.00

 

$

82,797.75

 

 

BASE YEAR (EXPENSES):

 

Calendar Year 2015 (January 1, 2015 through December 31, 2015).

 

 

 

BASE YEAR (TAXES):

 

Fiscal Year 2016 (July 1, 2015 through June 30, 2016).

 

 

 

TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE FOR EXPENSES FOR 20 CROSBY PREMISES:

 

One Hundred and 00/100 percent (100%).

 

 

 

TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE FOR EXPENSES FOR 22 CROSBY PREMISES:

 

Sixty-eight and 06/100 percent (68.06%).

 

 

 

TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE FOR EXPENSES FOR 28 CROSBY PREMISES:

 

Twenty-three and 20/100 percent (23.20%)

 

 

 

TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE FOR TAXES FOR 20 CROSBY PREMISES:

 

Twenty-three and 97/100 percent (23.97%) (which is the percentage derived by dividing the 20 Crosby Premises Rentable Area by the Rentable Square Footage of the “Parcel” (as such term is defined in Section 4.1.3) and multiplying the result thereof by 100).

 

 

 

TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE FOR TAXES FOR 22 CROSBY PREMISES:

 

Eleven and 21/100 percent (11.21%) (which is the percentage derived by dividing the 22 Crosby Premises Rentable Area by the Rentable Square Footage of the “Parcel” and multiplying the result thereof by 100).

 

 

 

TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE FOR TAXES FOR 28 CROSBY PREMISES:

 

Eight and 28/100 percent (8.28%) (which is the percentage derived by dividing the 28 Crosby Premises Rentable Area by the Rentable Square Footage of the “Parcel” and multiplying the result thereof by 100).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

ix



 

COMMON AREAS:

 

Means, collectively, the: (a) public or common lobbies, hallways, stairways, elevators (if any), duct shafts, electrical and common risers, loading docks and common walkways and corridors necessary for access to, from and between the Buildings and the Premises and, if the portion of the Premises on any floor within a Building that Tenant does not occupy one hundred percent (100%) of includes less than the entire floor of such Building, any common toilets, any corridors required for access to the Premises and any elevator lobby of such floor; and (b) access roads, driveways, the Parking Facility (as hereinafter defined) serving the Buildings, loading areas, pedestrian sidewalks, landscaped areas, trash enclosures (if any), and other areas or facilities (if any), which are located in or on the Parcel and/or the Park (as hereinafter defined) and designated by Landlord from time to time for the non-exclusive use of tenants and other occupants of the Parcel and/or the Park.

 

 

 

SECURITY DEPOSIT:

 

Two Hundred Sixty-Seven Thousand Five Hundred Eleven and 88/100 Dollars ($267,511.88), in the form of a letter of credit pursuant to Article 5.

 

 

 

AFTER-HOURS HVAC COST:

 

$40.00 per hour, subject to change, but in no event to exceed the actual cost to Landlord from time to time; provided, that (a) such $40.00 per hour charge shall be in effect through at least the three (3) year anniversary of the Commencement Date, and (b) in no event shall Landlord charge Tenant an After-Hours HVAC Cost in an amount greater than it charges any other tenant or occupant in the Park.

 

 

 

PARKING:

 

From the Commencement Date through the day immediately preceding the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, three hundred eighty-one (381) non-exclusive parking spaces (based upon a parking ratio of 3.6 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of Premises Rentable Area during such period), which number of parking spaces includes ten

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

x



 

 

 

(10) exclusive parking spaces located in the locations identified on Exhibit F attached hereto at the front entrance of the 20 Crosby Building (collectively, the “Exclusive Parking Spaces”) with appropriate signage therefor provided by Landlord at Landlord’s expense, all subject to the terms and provisions of Article 30.

 

From the Expansion Premises Commencement Date through the Termination Date, five hundred fourteen (514) non-exclusive parking spaces (based upon a parking ratio of 3.6 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of Premises Rentable Area during such period), which number of parking spaces includes the Exclusive Parking Spaces.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Tenant leases additional space in the Park from time to time, pursuant to Article 43 or otherwise (“Additional Space”), Tenant shall be entitled to 3.36 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet of Premises Rentable Area for such Additional Space.

 

 

 

REAL ESTATE BROKERS DUE COMMISSIONS:

 

Cushman & Wakefield of Massachusetts, Inc. and Cassidy Turley.

 

 

 

TENANT’S NAICS CODE:

 

541512

 

 

 

BUILDING BUSINESS HOURS:

 

8 a.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday; 8 a.m. to 1 p.m., Saturday, excluding Federal holidays.

 

 

 

AMORTIZATION RATE:

 

Eleven percent (11%).

 

[SIGNATURES TO REFERENCE PAGES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

xi



 

The Reference Pages information is incorporated into and made a part of the Lease.  In the event of any conflict between any Reference Pages information and the Lease, the Lease shall control.  This Lease includes Exhibits A  through  I , all of which are made a part of this Lease.

 

LANDLORD:

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., a Maryland corporation

 

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

RREEF America, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its Authorized Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David F. Crane

 

By:

/s/ Antonio Pietri

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

David F. Crane

 

Name:

Antonio Pietri

 

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Title:

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Dated:

January 27, 2014

 

Dated:

January 24, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Roger Kuebel

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Roger Kuebel

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

Dated:

January 22, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

xii



 

LEASE

 

By this Lease Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises in the Buildings as set forth and described on the Reference Pages.  The Premises are depicted on the floor plans attached hereto as Exhibit A , and the Buildings are depicted on the site plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-4 .  The Reference Pages, including all terms defined thereon, are incorporated as part of this Lease.

 

1.                                       USE AND RESTRICTIONS ON USE.  The Premises are to be used solely for purposes allowed as-of-right by the Town of Bedford zoning regulations, all only to the extent permitted by other applicable law (collectively, the “Permitted Uses”).  Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Park or materially adversely disturb them, or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful, or objectionable purpose, or commit any waste.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Section 18.1.2 of this Lease, in the event that Landlord reasonably believes that Tenant is materially adversely disturbing other tenants or occupants of the Park, then Landlord may send written notice to Tenant reasonably detailing the nature of such disturbance and if Tenant fails to cease such disturbance within five (5) days (forthwith, if the disturbance involves a hazardous condition) after written notice of such disturbance to Tenant (provided, however, that such disturbance shall not be an event of default if such disturbance could not reasonably be ceased during such  five (5) day period, Tenant has commenced the cure within such five (5) day period and thereafter is diligently pursuing such cure to completion, but the total aggregate cure period shall not exceed fifteen (15) days), then such failure to cease such disturbance shall constitute an Event of Default (as hereinafter defined).  Tenant shall not do, permit or suffer in, on, or about the Premises the sale of any alcoholic liquor without the written consent of Landlord first obtained.  Tenant shall comply with all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to the use of the Premises and its occupancy and shall promptly comply with all governmental orders and directions for the correction, prevention and abatement of any violations in the Buildings or appurtenant land, caused or permitted by, or resulting from the specific use by, Tenant, or in or upon, or in connection with, the Premises, all at Tenant’s sole expense.  Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done on or about the Premises or bring or keep anything into the Premises which will in any way increase the rate of, invalidate or prevent the procuring of any insurance protecting against loss or damage to the Buildings or any of their contents by fire or other casualty or against liability for damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Buildings or any part thereof.  Following (a) the Commencement Date, with respect to the Pre-Expansion Premises, and (b) the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, with respect to the Expansion Premises, Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring that the Premises comply with the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, and any amendments thereto (the “ADA”), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; provided, that, Landlord shall deliver the Pre-Expansion Premises and the Expansion Premises to Tenant in compliance with the ADA.  Subject to emergencies, Landlord’s after-hours security measures and events beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, Tenant shall have access to the Premises on a twenty-four (24) hour per day, seven (7) day per week basis; provided, however, that Tenant shall be responsible for furnishing its own security for the Premises at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

1.2                                Tenant shall not, and shall not direct, suffer or permit any of its agents, contractors, employees, licensees or invitees (collectively, the “Tenant Entities”) to at any time handle, use, manufacture, store or dispose of in or about the Premises or the Buildings any flammables, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes or materials, toxic wastes or materials, or other similar substances, petroleum products or derivatives or any substance subject to regulation by or under any

 



 

federal, state and local laws and ordinances relating to the protection of the environment or the keeping, use or disposition of environmentally hazardous materials, substances, or wastes (collectively “Hazardous Materials”), presently in effect or hereafter adopted, all amendments to any of them, and all rules and regulations issued pursuant to any of such laws or ordinances (collectively “Environmental Laws”), nor shall Tenant suffer or permit any Hazardous Materials to be used in any manner not fully in compliance with all Environmental Laws, in the Premises or the Buildings and appurtenant land or allow the environment to become contaminated with any Hazardous Materials.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may handle, store, use or dispose of products containing small quantities of Hazardous Materials (such as aerosol cans containing insecticides, toner for copiers, paints, paint remover and the like) to the extent customary and necessary for the use of the Premises for general office purposes; provided that Tenant shall always handle, store, use, and dispose of any such Hazardous Materials in a safe and lawful manner and never allow such Hazardous Materials to contaminate the Premises, Buildings and appurtenant land or the environment.  Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability or costs (including court costs and attorney’s fees) incurred by reason of any actual failure of Tenant to fully comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, or the presence, handling, use or disposition in or from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials by Tenant or any Tenant Entity (even though permissible under all applicable Environmental Laws or the provisions of this Lease), or by reason of any actual failure of Tenant to keep, observe, or perform any provision of this Section 1.2.  Landlord shall provide written notice to Tenant promptly following Landlord obtaining actual knowledge of a potential claim for which Landlord may seek indemnification from Tenant hereunder and Tenant shall be entitled to control the defense of any resulting action.  To Landlord’s actual knowledge, without any duty of investigation, except as otherwise set forth in that certain “Report on ASTM Phase I Environmental Site Assessment, Crosby Corporate Center, 20 to 36 Crosby Drive, Bedford, Massachusetts, dated March 2006, prepared by Haley & Aldrich, Inc.” (which is the most current environmental report that Landlord has with respect to the Buildings or the Premises as of the Lease Reference Date), there are no Hazardous Materials in, under or about the Buildings or the Premises in violation of applicable environmental laws.

 

1.3                                During the Term, Tenant and the Tenant Entities will be entitled to the non-exclusive use, in common with others entitled thereto, of:  (a) the Common Areas of the Buildings as they exist from time to time during the Term; (b) the Parking Facility serving the Buildings, subject to the terms and provisions of Article 30 and Landlord’s rules and regulations regarding such use; (c) the full-service cafeteria located (i) between the 20 Crosby Building and the 22 Crosby Building (collectively, the “Amenity Complex”), and (ii) in the building located at 34 Crosby Drive, subject to Landlord’s and any operator’s rules and regulations regarding such use; (d) the conference center for the Crosby Corporate Center (the “Park”) located within the Amenity Complex, subject to Landlord’s and any operator’s rules and regulations regarding such use and subject to any expenses or fees charged by Landlord or such operator from time to time  for janitorial service; and (e) the fitness center for the Park located within the Amenity Complex, subject to Landlord’s and any operator’s rules and regulations regarding such use.  During the Term of this Lease, Landlord shall cause a full-service cafeteria (the “Cafeteria”), conference center and fitness center to be operated within the Amenity Complex in the same manner as the same are being operated as of the Lease Reference Date.  So long as Tenant is occupying all of the 20 Crosby Premises at such time, Tenant shall have reasonable input regarding the functional operation of the Cafeteria, and in the event that the cafeteria operator for the Cafeteria shall be replaced, Tenant shall be entitled to have reasonable input in the selection of a new cafeteria operator.  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the cafeteria operator to sufficiently staff the Cafeteria to accommodate the tenant and occupant population of the Parcel from time to time; provided, however,

 

2



 

that, Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that such obligation of Landlord shall not include requiring that the cafeteria operator install or provide for more seating in the Cafeteria than exists as of the Lease Reference Date.

 

1.4                                Tenant will not place on the exterior of the Premises (including both interior and exterior surfaces of doors and interior surfaces of windows) or on any part of the Buildings outside the Premises or any portion of the Premises visible from outside the Premises, any sign, symbol, advertisement or the like visible to public view outside of the Premises.  Landlord will not withhold consent for any signs and lettering to the entry doors to the Premises, provided that such signs or lettering comply with law, and provided that Tenant has submitted to Landlord a plan or sketch in reasonable detail (showing, without limitation, size, color, location, materials and method of affixation) of the sign to be placed on such entry doors.  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord shall provide Building standard signage for Tenant on the building directories and main entrances to the Premises, as well as interior directional signage in the Buildings all at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, all of which signage shall be non-exclusive.

 

1.4.1                      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 1.4, so long as (a) Tenant has submitted to Landlord a plan or sketch in reasonable detail (showing, without limitation, size, color, location, materials and method of affixation) of the Tenant identification sign that Tenant may desire to install, which plan or sketch shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and (b) Tenant obtains all necessary permits, approvals and licenses with respect to such signage from all applicable governmental authorities (with Landlord agreeing to reasonably cooperate with Tenant in securing any such permits, approvals and licenses at no out of pocket cost or expense to Landlord) (the requirements set forth in items (a) and (b) are hereinafter referred to as the “Exterior Signage Requirements”), then:

 

1.4.1.1                                    Tenant shall have the exclusive right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install signage on the exterior of the 20 Crosby Building in a location to be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant (the “Tenant’s Exterior 20 Crosby Building Signage”) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.4.  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall remove Tenant’s Exterior 20 Crosby Building Signage, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and repair and restore the exterior portion of the 20 Crosby Building where Tenant’s Exterior 20 Crosby Building Signage was located to a condition consistent with the remaining exterior portion of the 20 Crosby Building where Tenant’s Exterior 20 Crosby Building Signage was located.  Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that if at any time following the Commencement Date, Tenant has assigned this Lease with respect to more than fifty-one percent (51%) of the original 20 Crosby Premises or subleased more than fifty-one percent (51%) of the original 20 Crosby Premises in the aggregate (whether pursuant to a single transaction or through multiple transactions), then Landlord may, at its option, require that Tenant’s Exterior 20 Crosby Building Signage be removed by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in accordance with the foregoing terms and provisions.

 

1.4.1.2                                    In the event that Tenant exercises the 22 Crosby Right of First Offer (as hereinafter defined), then, commencing on the 22 Crosby Delivery Date (as hereinafter defined) and so long as Tenant satisfies the Exterior Signage Requirements, then Tenant shall have the exclusive right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install signage on the exterior of the 22 Crosby Building in a location to be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant (the “Tenant’s Exterior 22 Crosby Building Signage”) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.4.  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall remove Tenant’s Exterior 22 Crosby Building Signage, at

 

3



 

Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and repair and restore the exterior portion of the 22 Crosby Building where Tenant’s Exterior 22 Crosby Building Signage was located to a condition consistent with the remaining exterior portion of the 22 Crosby Building where Tenant’s Exterior 22 Crosby Building Signage was located.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to Tenant’s Exterior 22 Crosby Building Signage at all times prior to the 22 Crosby Delivery Date, subject to the terms and provisions hereof.  Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that if at any time following the Commencement Date, Tenant has assigned this Lease with respect to more than fifty-one percent (51%) of the then-existing 22 Crosby Premises or subleased more than fifty-one percent (51%) of the then-existing 22 Crosby Premises in the aggregate (whether pursuant to a single transaction or through multiple transactions), then Landlord may, at its option, require that Tenant’s Exterior 22 Crosby Building Signage be removed by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in accordance with the foregoing terms and provisions.

 

1.4.1.3                                    In the event that Tenant exercises the 28 Crosby Right of First Offer (as hereinafter defined), then, commencing on the 28 Crosby Delivery Date (as hereinafter defined), and so long as Tenant satisfies the Exterior Signage Requirements, then Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install signage on the exterior of the 28 Crosby Building in a location to be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant (the “Tenant’s Exterior 28 Crosby Building Signage”) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.4, which exterior signage rights shall be exclusive in the event that Tenant leases the entire 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space (as hereinafter defined) or non-exclusive in the event that Tenant only leases the 28 Crosby Second Floor Right of First Offer Space (as hereinafter defined).  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall remove Tenant’s Exterior 28 Crosby Building Signage, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and repair and restore the exterior portion of the 28 Crosby Building where Tenant’s Exterior 28 Crosby Building Signage was located to a condition consistent with the remaining exterior portion of the 28 Crosby Building where Tenant’s Exterior 28 Crosby Building Signage was located.  Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that if at any time following the Commencement Date, Tenant has assigned this Lease with respect to more than fifty-one percent (51%) of the then-existing 28 Crosby Premises or subleased more than fifty-one percent (51%) of the then-existing 28 Crosby Premises in the aggregate (whether pursuant to a single transaction or through multiple transactions), then Landlord may, at its option, require that Tenant’s Exterior 28 Crosby Building Signage be removed by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in accordance with the foregoing terms and provisions.

 

1.4.1.4                                    Commencing on the Commencement Date and so long as Tenant satisfies the Exterior Signage Requirements, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to have Landlord install, in a manner consistent with other monument signage in the Park, (a) an exclusive monument sign with Tenant’s logo at the main entrance to 20 Crosby Drive, (b) an exclusive monument sign with Tenant’s logo at the main entrance to the Park from 20 Crosby Drive, and (c) non-exclusive monument signs with Tenant’s logo in other locations throughout the Parcel (as defined in Section 4.1.3) as mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant (collectively, “Tenant’s Non-Exclusive Monument Signage,” and together with the exclusive monument signage described in (a) and (b) hereinabove, “Tenant’s Monument Signage”) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.4.  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall remove Tenant’s Monument Signage (other than Tenant’s Non-Exclusive Monument Signage which Landlord shall remove at Landlord’s sole cost and expense), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and repair and restore the locations where Tenant’s Monument Signage was located to a condition consistent with surrounding area where Tenant’s Monument Signage was located.  Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that if at any time

 

4



 

following the Commencement Date, Tenant has assigned this Lease with respect to more than fifty-one percent (51%) of the original 20 Crosby Premises or the respective Premises to which such particular Tenant’s Monument Signage specifically relates or subleased more than fifty-one percent (51%) of the original 20 Crosby Premises in the aggregate or the respective Premises to which such particular Tenant’s Monument Signage specifically relates in the aggregate (whether pursuant to a single transaction or through multiple transactions), then Landlord may, at its option, require that any such particular Tenant’s Monument Signage be removed by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in accordance with the foregoing terms and provisions.

 

Tenant’s signage rights pursuant to this Section 1.4.1 shall be “personal” to Aspen Technology, Inc. and any Permitted Transferees (as defined in Article 9), but otherwise in no event will any assignee or sublessee have any rights to install any exterior signage except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Section 1.4.1.

 

2.                                       TERM.

 

2.1                                The Term of this Lease shall begin on the Commencement Date and shall terminate on the Termination Date, unless sooner terminated or extended pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.  Landlord shall tender possession of the Premises to Tenant with the Work (as hereinafter defined) substantially completed, except for minor items of work that can be completed after delivery of the Premises to Tenant has occurred (i.e., so-called “punch list” items) and of which Tenant has been given written notice.  Tenant shall deliver an initial punch list of items not completed within thirty (30) days after Landlord tenders possession of the applicable portion of the Premises and Landlord agrees to proceed with due diligence to perform its obligations regarding such items.  Tenant shall deliver a follow-up punch list of items not completed, which may include items not on the original punch list, within ninety (90) days after Landlord delivers possession of such respective portion of the Premises to Tenant and Landlord agrees to proceed with due diligence to perform its obligations regarding such items.  This process shall be followed until the last portion of the Premises is delivered by Landlord to Tenant.  Tenant shall afford Landlord access to the Premises for such purposes.  Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, execute and deliver a memorandum agreement provided by Landlord in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto, setting forth the actual Commencement Date, Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Pre-Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date, Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date, Termination Date and, if necessary, a revised rent schedule (the “Commencement Date Memorandum”).  Should Tenant fail to do so within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request, the information set forth in such Commencement Date Memorandum provided by Landlord shall be conclusively presumed to be agreed and correct.

 

2.2                                Subject to any Force Majeure Events (as hereinafter defined) and/or any Tenant Delay (as hereinafter defined), including, without limitation, during any Early Access Period (as hereinafter defined), Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver the Pre-Expansion Premises to Tenant with the Substantial Completion Date having been achieved with respect to the Pre-Expansion Premises by the Scheduled Commencement Date.  Except as otherwise set forth hereinbelow, in the event of the inability of Landlord to deliver possession of the Pre-Expansion Premises with the Work relating to the Pre-Expansion Premises substantially completed by the Scheduled Commencement Date or any other particular date for any reason, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage resulting from such inability, but Tenant shall not be liable for any rent until the time when Landlord can, after notice to Tenant, deliver possession of the Pre-Expansion Premises to Tenant, and no such failure to give possession of the Pre-Expansion Premises to Tenant by any particular date shall affect the other obligations of Tenant

 

5



 

under this Lease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Landlord does not deliver possession of the Pre-Expansion Premises to Tenant in the condition required hereunder by the date which is ten (10) days following the Scheduled Commencement Date, so long as there is no default by Tenant beyond applicable notice and cure periods, and subject to delays caused by any Force Majeure Event, Tenant Delay, casualty or taking by eminent domain (in which case, the Scheduled Commencement Date shall be postponed one (1) day for each one (1) day of such delay), then, in addition to the Pre-Expansion Premises Free Base Rent Period, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of (a) one (1) day’s initial Annual Rent for each one (1) additional day that Landlord does not deliver possession of the Pre-Expansion Premises to Tenant in the condition required hereunder for the next ten (10) days (i.e., during the period from the eleventh (11 th ) through twentieth (20 th ) days following the Scheduled Commencement Date); (b) two (2) day’s initial Annual Rent for each one (1) additional day that Landlord does not deliver possession of the Pre-Expansion Premises to Tenant in the condition required hereunder for the next twenty (20) days (i.e., during the period from the twenty-first (21 st ) through fortieth (40 th ) days following the Scheduled Commencement Date); and (c) three (3) day’s initial Annual Rent for each one (1) additional day that Landlord does not deliver possession of the Pre-Expansion Premises to Tenant in the condition required hereunder for the next fifty (50) days (i.e., during the period from the forty-first (41 st ) through ninetieth (90 th ) days following the Scheduled Commencement Date).  In the event that Landlord has not delivered the Pre-Expansion Premises to Tenant in the condition required hereunder by the date which is the ninetieth (90 th ) day following the Scheduled Commencement Date, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Landlord, and shall receive a refund of the first (1 st ) full Monthly Installment of Rent paid to Landlord pursuant to Section 3.1.

 

2.3                                Subject to any Force Majeure Events and/or any Tenant Delay, including, without limitation, during any Early Access Period, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver the Expansion Premises to Tenant with the Substantial Completion Date having been achieved with respect to the Expansion Premises by the Expansion Premises Scheduled Commencement Date.  Except as otherwise set forth hereinbelow, in the event of the inability of Landlord to deliver possession of the  Expansion Premises with the Work relating to the Expansion Premises substantially completed by the Expansion Premises Scheduled Commencement Date or any other particular date for any reason, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage resulting from such inability, but Tenant shall not be liable for any Monthly Installment of Rent relating to the Expansion Premises until the time when Landlord can, after notice to Tenant, deliver possession of the Expansion Premises to Tenant, and no such failure to give possession of the Expansion Premises to Tenant by any particular date shall affect the other obligations of Tenant under this Lease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Landlord does not deliver possession of the Expansion Premises by the date which is ten (10) days following the Expansion Premises Scheduled Commencement Date, so long as there is no default by Tenant beyond applicable notice and cure periods, and subject to delays caused by any Force Majeure Event, Tenant Delay, casualty or taking by eminent domain (in which case, the Expansion Premises Scheduled Commencement Date shall be postponed one (1) day for each one (1) day of such delay), then Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of (a) one (1) day’s initial Annual Rent for each one (1) additional day that Landlord does not deliver possession of the Expansion Premises to Tenant in the condition required hereunder for the next ten (10) days (i.e., during the period from the eleventh (11 th ) through twentieth (20 th ) days following the Expansion Premises Scheduled Commencement Date); (b) two (2) day’s initial Annual Rent for each one (1) additional day that Landlord does not deliver possession of the Expansion Premises to Tenant in the condition required hereunder for the next twenty (20) days (i.e., during the period from the twenty-first (21 st ) through fortieth (40 th ) days following the Expansion Premises

 

6



 

Scheduled Commencement Date); and (c) three (3) day’s initial Annual Rent for each one (1) additional day that Landlord does not deliver possession of the Expansion Premises to Tenant in the condition required hereunder for the next fifty (50) days (i.e., during the period from the forty-first (41 st ) through ninetieth (90 th ) days following the Expansion Premises Scheduled Commencement Date).  In the event that Landlord has not delivered the Expansion Premises to Tenant in the condition required hereunder by the date which is the ninetieth (90 th ) day following the Expansion Premises Scheduled Commencement Date, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease with respect to the Expansion Premises upon written notice to Landlord.

 

2.4                                As used herein, the term “Tenant Delay” shall mean (a) Tenant’s request for materials, finishes or installations other than Landlord’s standard except those, if any, that Landlord shall have expressly agreed to furnish without extension of time agreed by Landlord, (b) Tenant’s change in any plans or specifications relating to the Work, (c) the performance or completion by Tenant, or any person or entity employed by Tenant, of any work on or about the Premises, including, without limitation, the Tenant’s Tel/Data Work or any disharmony, labor disturbance or interference with the Work caused by such performance or completion, or (d) any other act or omission by Tenant or any of its agents, employees, representatives or contractors (including, without limitation, those listed in Section 4.2 of Exhibit B ).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the foregoing shall constitute a Tenant Delay unless (i) the same results in an actual delay in the ability to perform the Work, and (ii) Landlord notifies Tenant in writing of the claimed Tenant Delay within forty-eight (48) hours following the event claimed to be a Tenant Delay.

 

2.5                                In the event that Landlord permits Tenant, or any agent, employee or contractor of Tenant, to enter, use or occupy the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, such entry, use or occupancy shall be subject to all the provisions of this Lease other than the payment of Annual Rent, including, without limitation, Tenant’s compliance with the insurance requirements of Article 11; provided, however, if Tenant commences its business operations in the Premises or any portion thereof as evidenced by Tenant’s employees actually performing work relating to Tenant’s business during such early entry, then the Commencement Date will be deemed to have occurred as of such date and Tenant’s obligation to pay all other charges under this Lease (other than Annual Rent, which obligation shall commence on the Pre-Expansion Rent Commencement Date) shall commence.

 

3.                                       RENT.

 

3.1                                Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the Annual Rent in effect from time to time by paying the Monthly Installment of Rent then in effect on or before the first (1 st ) day of each full calendar month during the Term, except that the first (1 st ) full Monthly Installment of Annual Rent on the entire Premises, totaling Two Hundred Sixty-Seven Thousand Five Hundred Eleven and 88/100 Dollars ($267,511.88), shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon the execution of this Lease.  Rent for any period during the Term which is less than a full month shall be a prorated portion of the Monthly Installment of Annual Rent based upon a 365-day calendar year (consistent with Section 4.6).  Said rent shall be paid to Landlord (except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease), without deduction or offset and without notice or demand, at the Wire Instructions and/or Address for Rent Payment for the Premises as set forth on the Reference Pages, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing.  Unless specified in this Lease to the contrary, all amounts and sums payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Lease shall be deemed additional rent.  If an Event of Default occurs, Landlord may require by written notice to Tenant that all subsequent rent payments be made by an automatic payment from Tenant’s bank account to Landlord’s account, without

 

7



 

cost to Landlord.  Tenant must implement such automatic payment system prior to the next scheduled rent payment or within ten (10) days after Landlord’s notice, whichever is later.

 

3.2                                Tenant recognizes that late payment of any rent or other sum due under this Lease will result in administrative expense to Landlord, the extent of which additional expense is extremely difficult and economically impractical to ascertain.  Tenant therefore agrees that if rent or any other sum is not paid when due and payable pursuant to this Lease more than once in any twelve (12) month period, a late charge shall be imposed in an amount equal to the greater of:  (a) Fifty Dollars ($50.00); or (b) five percent (5%) of the unpaid rent or other payment.  The amount of the late charge to be paid by Tenant shall be reassessed and added to Tenant’s obligation for each successive month until paid.  The provisions of this Section 3.2 shall in no way relieve Tenant of the obligation to pay rent or other payments on or before the date on which they are due, nor do the terms of this Section 3.2 in any way affect Landlord’s remedies pursuant to Article 19 of this Lease in the event said rent or other payment is unpaid after the date due.

 

4.                                       RENT ADJUSTMENTS .  For the purpose of this Article 4, the following terms are defined as follows:

 

4.1.1                      Lease Year:   Each January 1 through December 31 falling partly or wholly within the Term.

 

4.1.2                      Expenses:   For each of the 20 Crosby Building, the 22 Crosby Building and the 28 Crosby Building, all costs of operation, maintenance, repair, replacement and management of the Building, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including the following costs by way of illustration, but not limitation: water and sewer charges; insurance charges of or relating to all insurance policies and endorsements deemed by Landlord to be reasonably necessary or desirable and relating in any manner to the protection, preservation, or operation of the Building or any part thereof; utility costs, including, but not limited to, the cost of heat, light, power, steam, gas; waste disposal; the cost of janitorial services; the cost of security and alarm services (including any central station signaling system); the Building’s pro-rata share of the costs of cleaning, repairing, replacing and maintaining the Common Areas, including parking and landscaping, the Amenity Complex, window cleaning costs; labor costs; costs and expenses of managing the Building including management fees (but not to exceed four percent (4%) of gross base rent and additional rent from the Building during the particular Lease Year in question); air conditioning maintenance costs; elevator maintenance fees and supplies; material costs; equipment costs including the cost of maintenance, repair and service agreements and rental and leasing costs; purchase costs of equipment; current rental and leasing costs of items which would be capital items if purchased; tool costs; licenses, permits and inspection fees; wages and salaries; employee benefits and payroll taxes; accounting and legal fees; any sales, use or service taxes incurred in connection therewith; and any repair, management, insurance and maintenance costs and expenses related to the Common Areas of all buildings in the Park, including the parking areas and other properties surrounding such buildings.  In addition, and except as otherwise expressly set forth hereinbelow in this Section 4.1.2, Landlord shall be entitled to recover, as additional rent (which, along with any other capital expenditures constituting Expenses, Landlord may either include in Expenses or cause to be billed to Tenant along with Expenses and Taxes but as a separate item), Tenant’s Proportionate Share for Expenses for the 20 Crosby Premises, Tenant’s Proportionate Share for Expenses for the 22 Crosby Premises, and Tenant’s Proportionate Share for Expenses for the 28 Crosby Premises, respectively, of:  (a) an allocable portion of the cost of capital improvement items which are reasonably calculated to reduce operating expenses; and (b) other capital expenses which are required

 

8



 

under any governmental laws, regulations or ordinances which were not applicable to the respective Building as of the Commencement Date or the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, as the case may be; but the costs described in this sentence shall be amortized over the reasonable life of such expenditures in accordance with such reasonable life and amortization schedules as shall be determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, with interest on the unamortized amount at one percent (1%) in excess of the Wall Street Journal prime lending rate announced from time to time.  Landlord agrees that any income generated solely from the Amenity Complex shall first be used by Landlord to off-set the costs of operating the Amenity Complex and only any additional costs following such set-off shall be considered Expenses hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Expenses shall not include:  (i) leasing commissions, fees and costs, advertising and promotional expenses and other costs incurred in procuring tenants or in selling the Buildings or the Park; (ii) legal fees or other expenses incurred in connection with enforcing leases with tenants in the Buildings; (iii) costs of renovating or otherwise improving or decorating space for any tenant or other occupant of the Buildings or the Park, including Tenant, or relocating any tenant; (iv) financing costs, including interest and principal amortization of debts and the costs of providing the same; (v) depreciation or amortization of any of the Buildings or equipment in any of the Buildings except as provided herein; (vi) rental on ground leases or other underlying leases and the costs of providing the same; (vii) wages, bonuses and other compensation of employees above the grade of Building Manager and fringe benefits other than insurance plans and tax qualified benefit plans; (viii) any liabilities, costs or expenses associated with or incurred in connection with the removal, enclosure, encapsulation or other handling of Hazardous Materials and the cost of defending against claims in regard to the existence or release of Hazardous Materials at the Buildings or the Park (except with respect to those costs for which Tenant is otherwise responsible pursuant to the express terms of this Lease); (ix) costs of any items for which Landlord is or is entitled to be paid or reimbursed by insurance; (x) increased insurance costs or Taxes assessed specifically to any tenant of the Buildings or the Park for which Landlord is entitled to reimbursement from any other tenant; (xi) charges for electricity, water, or other utilities, services or goods and applicable taxes for which Tenant or any other tenant, occupant, person or other party is obligated to reimburse Landlord or to pay to third parties; (xii) costs of any HVAC, janitorial or other services provided to tenants on an extra cost basis after Building Business Hours; (xiii) with the exception of the existing amenities at the Amenity Complex, the cost of installing, operating and maintaining any specialty service, such as an observatory, broadcasting facilities, child or daycare; (xiv) costs of correcting defects in the design, construction or equipment of, or latent defects in, the Buildings or the Park; (xv) costs of any work or service performed on an extra cost basis for any tenant in the Buildings or the Park to a materially greater extent or in a materially more favorable manner than furnished generally to the tenants and other occupants of the Buildings and the Park; (xvi) costs of any work or services performed for any facility other than the Buildings or the Park; (xvii) amounts paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services for the Buildings or the Park to the extent the same exceed the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis; (xviii) any cost of painting or decorating any interior parts of other tenant occupied or unoccupied areas; (xix) the cost of relamping light fixtures in other occupied tenant spaces of the Buildings, including, without limitation, labor and the cost of light tubes and bulbs (excluding ballasts); (xx) costs of initial cleaning and rubbish removal from the Buildings or the Park to be performed before the Commencement Date or the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, as the case may be; (xxi) except as expressly provided above, the cost of any items that, under generally accepted accounting principles, are properly classified as capital expenses; (xxii) late fees or charges incurred by Landlord due to late payment of Expenses, except to the extent attributable to Tenant’s actions or inactions; (xxiii) cost of acquiring, securing, cleaning or maintaining sculptures,

 

9



 

paintings and other works of art; (xxiv) Taxes (as hereinafter defined), or taxes on Landlord’s business (such as income, excess profits, franchise, capital stock, estate and inheritance taxes); (xxv) charitable or political contributions; (xxvi) all other items for which another party compensates or pays so that Landlord shall not recover any item of cost more than once; (xxvii) Landlord’s general overhead and any other expenses not directly attributable to the operation and management of the Buildings and the Park (e.g. the activities of Landlord’s officers and executives or professional development expenditures), except to the extent included in the management fee permitted hereby; (xxviii) costs and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with or contesting or settlement of any claimed violation of law or requirements of law, except to the extent attributable to Tenant’s actions or inactions; (xxix) costs of complying with the ADA, whether such costs are classified as capital items or expenses under generally accepted accounting principles, except to the extent attributable to Tenant’s actions or inactions and except costs which are Tenant’s responsibility pursuant to the express terms of this Lease (including, without limitation, Section 1); (xxx) costs of mitigation or impact fees or subsidies (however characterized), imposed or incurred prior to the Lease Reference Date or imposed or incurred solely as a result of another tenant’s or tenants’ use of the Park or their respective premises; and (xxxi) costs related to public transportation, transit or vanpools.  Further notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein:  (x) Landlord shall (or shall cause) the contracts that it enters into with any third party vendors or service providers that will govern the performance of any of the services required of Landlord under this Lease in excess of Twenty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($20,000.00) in each instance to be competitively bid before being entered into with such vendors or service providers; and (y) during the initial Term of this Lease (but not during the First Extension Term or the Second Extension Term (as both terms are hereinafter defined)), Expenses shall not include, and Landlord shall not be entitled to recover from Tenant, the cost of replacing the roof of any Building or any HVAC units located on the roof of any Building or in any Building or any mechanical, electrical, lighting, plumbing and life safety Building systems serving the Premises (unless such replacement is necessitated by the negligent acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s willful misconduct) and Tenant shall have the benefit of any construction warranties relating to the Landlord’s Work (as hereinafter defined), including, without limitation, those relating to the VAV boxes and HVAC controls.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, from and after the first full Lease Year following the first Base Year (Expenses), except for Uncontrollable Costs (as hereinafter defined), and subject to the gross-up requirement in the last sentence of Section 4.3 of the Lease, in no event shall Expenses increase at a rate that is greater than five percent (5%) per annum, on a cumulative, compounding basis, over the Term.  For the purposes hereof, “Uncontrollable Costs” means all costs associated with insurance, utilities, snow removal and extraordinary maintenance and repair costs.

 

4.1.3                      Taxes:  For the purposes of this Lease, “Taxes” shall include real estate taxes and any other taxes, charges and assessments which are levied with respect to the Parcel and the buildings thereon, or with respect to any improvements, fixtures and equipment or other property of Landlord, real or personal, located on the Parcel and used in connection with the operation of such buildings and said land, any payments to any ground lessor in reimbursement of tax payments made by such lessor; and all fees, expenses and costs incurred by Landlord in investigating, protesting, contesting or in any way seeking to reduce or avoid increase in any assessments, levies or the tax rate pertaining to any Taxes to be paid by Landlord in any Lease Year.  Taxes shall not include any corporate franchise, or estate, inheritance or net income tax, or tax imposed upon any transfer by Landlord of its interest in this Lease or the Parcel (or any individual components thereof), any fines or penalties for late payment (unless the same were incurred due to the actions or inactions of Tenant), any taxes on additions or improvements to any of the buildings on the Parcel after the Commencement Date (unless such additions or

 

10



 

improvements were made by Tenant or any assignees or subtenants of Tenant), or any taxes to be paid by Tenant pursuant to Article 28.  Taxes for the Base Year (Taxes) shall be determined based on fully-occupied and fully-assessed buildings for all buildings on the Parcel and, in the event that, in determining the Base Year (Taxes), the governmental authority who determines the Taxes has not fully taken into account the value of the Base Building Work (as hereinafter defined), the Landlord’s Work and the Entrance Work (as hereinafter defined) when making such determination of value (assuming all of such improvements have been fully completed as set forth herein), then the Base Year (Taxes) shall be adjusted by Landlord accordingly to account for the value of the Base Building Work, the Landlord’s Work and the Entrance Work until such time as the governmental authority fully accounts for the value of the Base Building Work, the Landlord’s Work and the Entrance Work when determining the amount of Taxes for the Buildings, in which case, the Base Year (Taxes) shall be adjusted accordingly by Landlord to account for the same.  For purposes of determining Tenant’s Proportionate Share For Taxes, the “Parcel” shall mean, collectively, the six (6) buildings located at 20 Crosby Drive (consisting of approximately 78,689 rentable square feet), 22 Crosby Drive (consisting of approximately 54,067 rentable square feet), 24 Crosby Drive (consisting of approximately 30,036 rentable square feet), 26 Crosby Drive (consisting of approximately 38,863 rentable square feet), 28 Crosby Drive (consisting of approximately 117,185 rentable square feet) and 30 Crosby Drive (consisting of approximately 9,449 rentable square feet), and the connecting corridors, all located in Bedford, Massachusetts, it being understood and agreed that all of the foregoing buildings, collectively, are treated as a single parcel for purposes of determining Taxes.  In calculating the applicable Tenant’s Proportionate Share For Taxes with respect to each Premises, the “Rentable Square Footage of the Parcel” described in the Reference Pages above reflects the combined rentable area in the foregoing buildings, collectively, and “Tenant’s Proportionate Share For Taxes” with respect to the applicable Premises, as described above and in the Reference Pages, is based upon the foregoing Rentable Square footage of the Parcel (i.e., 328,289).  However, notwithstanding the foregoing, if one or more buildings are removed from the group of buildings comprising the Parcel, as described above in this Section, whether as a result of a sale or demolition of the building(s), a reconfiguration of the Parcel or otherwise, or if one or more buildings owned by Landlord are added to the group of buildings comprising the Parcel, as described above in this Section, then the definition of “Parcel” and the “Rentable Square Footage of the Parcel,” as described above, and the applicable “Tenant’s Proportionate Share For Taxes” with respect to each respective Premises, shall be appropriately modified or adjusted to reflect the deletion or addition of such buildings, and, if the applicable Tenant’s Proportionate Share For Taxes with respect to each respective Premises is based upon increases in Taxes over a Base Year, then Taxes for the Base Year shall be restated on a going forward basis effective as of the date such buildings are deleted or added to the definition of Parcel as described in this Section.  Other than as set forth in the foregoing sentence or resulting from an expansion of the Premises pursuant to Article 43 or otherwise from time to time by mutual agreement of the parties, there shall be no adjustment by Landlord to Tenant’s Proportionate Share for Expenses for 20 Crosby Premises, Tenant’s Proportionate Share for Expenses for 22 Crosby Premises, Tenant’s Proportionate Share for Expenses for 28 Crosby Premises, Tenant’s Proportionate Share for Taxes for 20 Crosby Premises, Tenant’s Proportionate Share for Taxes for 22 Crosby Premises or Tenant’s Proportionate Share for Taxes for 28 Crosby Premises, absent Tenant’s written consent.  Landlord shall (a) engage consultants to challenge any unreasonable Taxes, as determined by Landlord, with reasonable input from Tenant, and (b) take advantage of any discounts available for early payment of Taxes.  Recognizing that the tax assessment date for fiscal year 2016 is January 1, 2015 and that the Buildings will not be fully occupied as of January 1, 2015 and, therefore, not fully assessed as contemplated by this Lease, Tenant reserves the right to audit the Taxes for the Base Year (Taxes) and

 

11



 

subsequent assessments for Taxes billed by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to Section 4.3 in order to verify Landlord’s compliance with the foregoing requirements.

 

4.2                                If in any Lease Year, Expenses paid or incurred for any Building shall exceed Expenses paid or incurred in the Base Year (Expenses) for such Building, Tenant shall pay, as additional rent for such Lease Year, the applicable Tenant’s Proportionate Share For Expenses for the respective Premises of such excess.  If in any Lease Year, Taxes paid or incurred by Landlord in any Lease Year shall exceed the amount of such Taxes which become due and payable in the Base Year (Taxes), Tenant shall pay as additional rent for such Lease Year, the applicable Tenant’s Proportionate Share For Taxes for the respective Premises of such excess.

 

4.3                                Landlord will use reasonable efforts to make the annual determination of Expenses and Taxes within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of each Lease Year (but in no event later than two hundred ten (210) days after the end of each Lease Year) and such determination shall be (a) prepared in reasonable line item detail, consistently applied, on an accrual basis, (b) prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and (c) binding upon Landlord and Tenant, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.3.  During the Term, Tenant may review, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, the books and records supporting such determination in an office of Landlord, or Landlord’s agent (in both cases, in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts), during normal business hours, upon giving Landlord five (5) days advance written notice within ninety (90) days after receipt of such determination, but in no event more often than once in any one (1) year period, subject to execution of a confidentiality agreement acceptable to Landlord, and provided that if Tenant utilizes an independent accountant or other qualified real estate consultant to perform such review it shall be one which is reasonably acceptable to Landlord, is not compensated on a contingency basis and is also subject to such confidentiality agreement (Landlord hereby acknowledging and agreeing that Cassidy Turley is an acceptable auditor).  If Tenant fails to object to Landlord’s determination of Expenses and Taxes within ninety (90) days after receipt of such determination, or if any such objection fails to state with specificity the reason for the objection, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved such determination and shall have no further right to object to or contest such determination.  Should any such audit reveal that Landlord has overcharged Tenant for any Expenses or Taxes during the Lease Year in question, Landlord shall credit the difference against the then next due payments to be made by Tenant under this Article 4, or, if the Lease has been terminated, refund the difference in cash within sixty (60) days.  Should any such audit reveal that the total additional rent that Tenant actually paid pursuant to this Article 4 during such period on account of Expenses and/or Taxes, respectively, for the Lease Year in question is less than Tenant’s liability for Expenses and/or Taxes, respectively, for such Lease Year, then Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord as additional rent in one lump sum within thirty (30) days.  In the event that Tenant’s review indicates that Tenant was overcharged in the aggregate for such Expenses and Taxes for such applicable Lease Year by an amount that is greater than five percent (5%) of the Expenses and Taxes that Tenant should have paid for such Lease Year, then Landlord shall pay the reasonable and actual costs of Tenant’s review for such applicable Lease Year as evidenced by invoices provided by Tenant to Landlord for such costs, up to Four Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($4,000.00).  In the event that during all or any portion of any Lease Year or Base Year, any Building is not fully rented and occupied Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment in occupancy-related Expenses for such year for the purpose of avoiding distortion of the amount of such Expenses to be attributed to Tenant by reason of variation in total occupancy of such Building, by employing consistent and sound accounting and management principles to determine Expenses that would have

 

12



 

been paid or incurred by Landlord had such Building been one hundred percent (100%) rented and occupied, and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been Expenses for such Lease Year.

 

4.4                                By May 1 st  of each Lease Year, Landlord  will use reasonable efforts to estimate Tenant’s liability for Expenses and/or Taxes under Section 4.2, Article 6 and Article 28 for the Lease Year or portion thereof.  Landlord will give Tenant written notification of the amount of such estimate and Tenant agrees that it will pay, by increase of its Monthly Installments of Rent due in such Lease Year, additional rent in the amount of such estimate.  Any such increased rate of Monthly Installments of Rent pursuant to this Section 4.4 shall remain in effect until further written notification to Tenant pursuant hereto.

 

4.5                                When the above mentioned actual determination of Tenant’s liability for Expenses and/or Taxes is made for any Lease Year and when Tenant is so notified in writing, then:

 

4.5.1                      If the total additional rent Tenant actually paid pursuant to Section 4.3 on account of Expenses and/or Taxes for the Lease Year is less than Tenant’s liability for Expenses and/or Taxes, then Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord as additional rent in one lump sum within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s bill therefor; and

 

4.5.2                      If the total additional rent Tenant actually paid pursuant to Section 4.3 on account of Expenses and/or Taxes for the Lease Year is more than Tenant’s liability for Expenses and/or Taxes, then Landlord shall promptly credit the difference against the then next due payments to be made by Tenant under this Article 4, or, if the Lease has terminated, refund the difference in cash within sixty (60) days.  Tenant shall not be entitled to a credit by reason of actual Expenses and/or Taxes in any Lease Year being less than Expenses and/or Taxes in the Base Year (Expenses and/or Taxes).

 

4.6                                If the Commencement Date is other than January 1 or if the Termination Date is other than December 31, Tenant’s liability for Expenses and Taxes for the Lease Year in which said Commencement Date occurs shall be prorated based upon a three hundred sixty-five (365) day year.

 

5.                                       SECURITY DEPOSIT .  The required Security Deposit shall be in the form of an Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit (the “letter of credit”) in the amount set forth in the Reference Pages and substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .  Under any circumstance under which Landlord is entitled to the use of all or any part of the Security Deposit, then Landlord, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided under this Lease, shall have the right to draw down all or a portion of the full balance of the letter of credit and retain the proceeds pursuant to and in accordance with this Article 5.  The following terms and conditions shall govern the letter of credit:

 

5.1                                Upon expiration of the Term, the letter of credit shall be returned to Tenant when Tenant is entitled to a return of its Security Deposit pursuant to Section 5.9 below.

 

5.2                                The letter of credit shall be in favor of Landlord, shall be issued by a commercial bank reasonably acceptable to Landlord, shall comply with all of the terms and conditions of this Article 5, shall  be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E and shall otherwise be reasonably acceptable to Landlord.  If, at any time while the letter of credit is outstanding, the issuing bank is declared insolvent or taken into receivership by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency, or is closed for any reason, Tenant shall cause the existing letter of credit to be replaced by a new letter of credit issued by another commercial bank reasonably acceptable to Landlord,

 

13



 

with such new letter of credit to comply with all of the terms and conditions of this Section 5.2.  If Tenant fails to deliver an acceptable replacement letter of credit within such thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall have the right to present the existing letter of credit to the issuing bank for payment, and the entire sum so obtained shall be paid to Landlord, to be held by Landlord until Tenant provides a replacement letter of credit or Tenant would otherwise be entitled to the return of the Security Deposit, and shall be retained by Landlord if a default of Tenant should occur hereunder.

 

5.3                                The initial letter of credit shall have an expiration date not earlier than twelve (12) months after the Commencement Date.  A draft of the form of letter of credit must be submitted to Landlord for its approval prior to issuance.

 

5.4                                The letter of credit or any replacement letter of credit shall be irrevocable for the term thereof and shall automatically renew on a year to year basis until a period ending not earlier than three (3) months after the Termination Date (“End Date”) without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord; provided that the issuing bank shall have the right not to renew the letter of credit by giving written notice to Landlord not less than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the then current term of the letter of credit that it does not intend to renew the letter of credit.  Tenant understands that the election by the issuing bank not to renew the letter of credit shall not, in any event, diminish the obligation of Tenant to maintain such an irrevocable letter of credit in favor of Landlord through such date.

 

5.5                                Upon and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Landlord or its then managing agent, shall have the right from time to time to make one or more draws on the letter of credit at any time that Landlord has the right to use all or a part of the Security Deposit pursuant to this Article 5, and the proceeds may be applied as permitted under this Article 5.  The letter of credit must state that it can be presented for payment at the office of the issuer or an approved correspondent in the metropolitan area in which the Building is located.  Funds may be drawn down on the letter of credit upon presentation to the issuing or corresponding bank of Landlord’s (or Landlord’s then managing agent’s) certificate stating as follows:

 

“[Beneficiary] is entitled to the use of Applicant’s Security Deposit pursuant to that certain Lease dated January       , 2014, between RAR2-Crosby Corporate Center QRS, Inc., as Landlord, and Aspen Technology, Inc., as Tenant, as amended from time to time.”

 

It is understood that if Landlord or its managing agent be a corporation, partnership or other entity, then such statement shall be signed by an officer (if a corporation), a general partner (if a partnership), or any authorized party (if another entity).

 

5.6                                Tenant acknowledges and agrees (and the letter of credit shall so state) that the letter of credit shall be honored by the issuing bank without inquiry as to the truth of the statements set forth in such draw request and regardless of whether the Tenant disputes the content of such statement.

 

5.7                                In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to transfer the letter of credit to the transferee and Tenant shall take whatever action reasonably necessary to effectuate such transfer and thereupon the Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability related to the letter of credit and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of said letter of credit to a new

 

14



 

landlord; provided, however, that Landlord or the new landlord pays all fees to the issuer necessary to evidence such transfer.

 

5.8                                Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the letter of credit expires earlier than the End Date, or the issuing bank notifies Landlord that it will not renew the letter of credit, Landlord shall accept a renewal thereof or substitute letter of credit (such renewal or substitute letter of credit to be in effect not later than ten (10) days prior to the expiration of the expiring letter of credit), irrevocable and automatically renewable as above provided to the End Date upon the same terms as the expiring letter of credit or upon such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord.  However, if (a) the letter of credit is not timely renewed, or (b) a substitute letter of credit, complying with all of the terms and conditions of this Section is not timely received, then Landlord may present the expiring letter of credit to the issuing bank, and the entire sum so obtained shall be paid to Landlord, to be held by Landlord in accordance with this Article 5.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall be entitled to receive from Tenant reimbursement for Landlord’s actual and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the review of any proposed substitute letter of credit pursuant to this Section 5.8, not to exceed One Thousand Five Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($1,500.00) in each instance.

 

5.9                                The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant and not as an advance rental deposit or as a measure of Landlord’s damage in case of Tenant’s default.  If Tenant defaults beyond the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods with respect to any provision of this Lease, Landlord may use any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default.  If any portion is so used, Tenant shall within five (5) days after written demand therefor, deposit with Landlord an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease.  Except to such extent, if any, as shall be required by law, Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on such deposit.  If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant at such time after termination of this Lease when Landlord shall have reasonably determined that all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease have been fulfilled, which determination shall be made promptly and shall not be unreasonably delayed.

 

6.                                       ALTERATIONS.

 

6.1                                Except for the Tenant’s Tel/Data Work, Tenant shall not make or suffer to be made any alterations, additions, or improvements, including, but not limited to, the attachment of any fixtures or equipment in, on, or to the Premises or any part thereof or the making of any improvements as required by Article 7, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s prior consent shall not be required, but prior written notice shall be provided to Landlord, for painting the interior walls of the Premises, putting wallpaper or other covering on the interior walls of the Premises, installing and/or replacing carpeting within the Premises, or performing other cosmetic or decorative alterations or additions within the Premises.

 

15



 

6.2                                In the event Landlord consents to the making of any such alteration, addition or improvement by Tenant, the same shall be made by using, at Tenant’s option, either Landlord’s contractor or a contractor reasonably approved by Landlord, in either event at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.  If Tenant shall employ any contractor other than Landlord’s contractor and such other contractor or any subcontractor of such other contractor shall employ any non-union labor or supplier, Tenant shall be responsible for and hold Landlord harmless from any and all delays, damages and extra costs suffered by Landlord as a result of any dispute with any labor unions concerning the wage, hours, terms or conditions of the employment of any such labor.  In the event that Landlord performs any of such alterations, additions or improvements at the direction of Tenant or on Tenant’s behalf, then Landlord may charge Tenant a construction management fee not to exceed (a) five percent (5%) of the hard and soft cost of any work with a value and/or cost of One Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($100,000.00) or less, or (b) three percent (3%) of the hard and soft cost of any work with a value and/or cost in excess of One Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($100,000.00), in each case in order to cover its overhead as it relates to such proposed work, plus third-party costs actually incurred by Landlord in connection with the proposed work and the design thereof, with all such amounts being due thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written demand therefor.  In the event that Landlord is merely overseeing any of such alterations, additions or improvements being performed by Tenant, then Landlord may charge Tenant a construction oversight fee not to exceed one-half of one-percent (0.5%) of the hard and soft cost of any such work, in each case in order to cover its overhead as it relates to overseeing and monitoring such work, plus third-party costs actually incurred by Landlord in connection with overseeing and monitoring such work and the design thereof, with all such amounts being due thirty (30) days after Landlord’s written demand therefor.

 

6.3                                All alterations, additions or improvements proposed by Tenant shall be constructed in accordance with all government laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, using Building standard materials where applicable, and Tenant shall, prior to construction, provide the additional insurance required under Article 11 in such case, and also all such assurances to Landlord as Landlord shall reasonably require to assure payment of the costs thereof when the total soft and hard cost of any alteration, addition or improvement shall exceed One Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($100,000.00), including, but not limited to, notices of non-responsibility, waivers of lien, surety company performance bonds and funded construction escrows and to protect Landlord and the applicable Building and appurtenant land against any loss from any mechanic’s, materialmen’s or other liens.  Tenant shall pay in addition to any sums due pursuant to Article 4, any increase in real estate taxes attributable to any such alteration, addition or improvement for so long, during the Term, as such increase is ascertainable; at Landlord’s election said sums shall be paid in the same way as sums due under Article 4.  Landlord will, in connection with reviewing any particular request for alterations, additions or improvements, provide Tenant with a written statement as to whether the particular alteration, addition or improvement being requested will be required to be removed or restored by Tenant at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  In the event that Landlord fails to notify Tenant whether it approves or disapproves of Tenant’s proposed alterations, additions or improvements within ten (10) business days following Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent therefor, then Tenant shall have the right to send a second (2 nd ) written notice to Landlord requesting such consent and stating in bold uppercase letters at the top of such notice:  “ TIME SENSITIVE RESPONSE REQUIRED WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS FOLLOWING LANDLORD’S RECEIPT OF THIS LETTER OR DEEMED APPROVAL MAY OCCUR.  PER SECTION 6.3 OF THE LEASE, LANDLORD HAS TEN (10) DAYS FROM ITS RECEIPT OF THIS LETTER TO APPROVE OR DISAPPROVE THE PROPOSED ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS OR IMPROVEMENTS REQUESTED

 

16



 

UNDER THIS LETTER OR SUCH ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS OR IMPROVEMENTS REQUESTED SHALL BE DEEMED APPROVED. ”  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, the foregoing time periods for Landlord’s approval or disapproval shall not commence unless and until Landlord has received all of the items required to be provided by Tenant pursuant to this Article 6 in connection with such proposed alterations, additions or improvements.

 

7.                                       REPAIR .  Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises, except for the Work specified in Exhibit B to this Lease and except that Landlord shall repair and maintain in good working order, condition and repair (including making any reasonably necessary replacements) and in compliance with all applicable laws, the structural portions of the Buildings, including, without limitation, the roof, roof membrane, roof covering, concrete slab, footings, foundation, exterior walls of the Buildings, and plumbing, air conditioning, life safety systems, heating and electrical systems installed or furnished by Landlord throughout the Term (but specifically excluding any supplemental HVAC systems or units installed by Landlord or Tenant to serve the Premises or any portion thereof, which systems and units Tenant (and not Landlord) shall be solely responsible for maintaining, repairing and replacing at Tenant’s sole cost and expense), all subject to the terms and provisions of Article 4.  Furthermore, Landlord shall maintain the Park in compliance with all applicable laws.  By accepting delivery of the Pre-Expansion Premises on the Commencement Date and the Expansion Premises on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, subject to the other terms of this Lease, Tenant accepts them as being in good order, condition and repair and in the condition in which Landlord is obligated to deliver them.  It is hereby understood and agreed that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Buildings have been made by Landlord to Tenant, except as specifically set forth in this Lease.

 

7.2                                Subject to the other terms of this Lease, Tenant shall, at all times during the Term, keep the Premises in good condition and repair excepting damage by fire or other casualty and reasonable wear and tear, and in compliance with all applicable governmental laws, ordinances and regulations, promptly complying with all governmental orders and directives for the correction, prevention and abatement of any violations or nuisances in or upon, or connected with, the Premises, all at Tenant’s sole expense.

 

7.3                                Notwithstanding the terms and provisions of this Article 7, if, for more than five (5) consecutive business days following written notice from Tenant to Landlord, Landlord shall fail to commence and diligently pursue to completion the making of any repairs or the performance of any maintenance required of Landlord under this Lease, and the making of such repairs or the performance of such maintenance is within Landlord’s reasonable control and not caused by Tenant’s negligence or willful misconduct (subject in all cases to delays caused by Force Majeure Events), and as a result of such failure (a) Tenant shall not be reasonably able to use and occupy, or to have access to, the Premises, or a material portion of the Premises, as the case may be, for the normal conduct of Tenant’s business operations, and (b) Tenant does not use or occupy the same during said period, then the obligation of Tenant to pay Annual Rent and additional rent hereunder shall be abated in proportion to the portion of the Premises that Tenant is unable to use as a result of such failure from the date such use and occupancy is impaired until the date immediately following the day on which such repairs or maintenance have been performed to allow Tenant to use such portion of the Premises (Landlord agreeing that it shall diligently pursue the making of such repairs and the performance of such maintenance until completion).  The provisions of this Section 7.3 shall not limit or affect in any way the abatement rights of Tenant under Article 22.

 

17



 

7.4                                Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.3 or Article 22, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Premises.  Except to the extent, if any, prohibited by law or as otherwise expressly permitted pursuant to Section 19.9 of this Lease, Tenant waives the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under any law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

 

8.                                       LIENS .  Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Buildings and appurtenant land and Tenant’s leasehold interest in the Premises free from any liens arising out of any services, work or materials performed, furnished, or contracted for by Tenant, or obligations incurred by Tenant.  In the event that Tenant fails, within twenty (20) days following the imposition of any such lien, to either cause the same to be released of record or provide Landlord with insurance against the same issued by a major title insurance company or such other protection against the same as Landlord shall accept (such failure to constitute an Event of Default), Landlord shall have the right to cause the same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien.  All such sums paid by Landlord and all expenses incurred by it in connection therewith shall be payable to it by Tenant within ten (10) days of Landlord’s demand.

 

9.                                       ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING .  Except as otherwise expressly set forth hereinbelow, Tenant shall not have the right to assign or pledge this Lease or to sublet the whole or any part of the Premises whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises by anyone other than Tenant, and shall not make, suffer or permit such assignment, subleasing or occupancy without the prior written consent of Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, and said restrictions shall be binding upon any and all assignees of the Lease and subtenants of the Premises.  In the event Tenant desires to sublet, or permit such occupancy of, the Premises, or any portion thereof, or assign this Lease, Tenant shall give written notice thereof to Landlord at least ten (10) days prior to the proposed commencement date of such subletting or assignment, which notice shall set forth the name of the proposed subtenant or assignee and the relevant terms of any sublease or assignment.  In the event that Landlord fails to notify Tenant whether it approves or disapproves of any such proposed assignment or sublease within ten (10) business days following Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent therefor, then Tenant shall have the right to send a second (2 nd ) written notice to Landlord requesting such consent and stating in bold uppercase letters at the top of such notice:  “ TIME SENSITIVE RESPONSE REQUIRED WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS FOLLOWING LANDLORD’S RECEIPT OF THIS LETTER OR DEEMED APPROVAL MAY OCCUR.  PER ARTICLE 9 OF THE LEASE, LANDLORD HAS TEN (10) DAYS FROM ITS RECEIPT OF THIS LETTER TO APPROVE OR DISAPPROVE THE PROPOSED ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE REQUESTED UNDER THIS LETTER OR SUCH ASSIGNMENT OR SUBLEASE SHALL BE DEEMED APPROVED .”  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, either (a) a merger or consolidation of Tenant with another entity, (b) the assignment of this Lease or a sublease of a portion of the Premises to a subsidiary or Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) of Tenant, or (c) a transaction with a corporation to which substantially all of Tenant’s assets are transferred, shall all be deemed an assignment of this Lease or a sublease of a portion of the Premises, as the case may be (any of such entity being, for the purposes of this Lease, a “Permitted Transferee”), but (i) not subject to any recapture rights of Landlord under Section 9.3, and (ii) Landlord’s consent shall not be required therefor so long as:  (A) such Permitted Transferee executes an assignment and assumption agreement or a sublease agreement with Tenant, as the case may be, and such agreement contains (1) an assumption by such Permitted Transferee of all of the obligations of

 

18



 

Tenant hereunder with respect to such assignment or sublease, as the case may be, including without limitation, the obligation to pay the Annual Rent, the additional rent and all other amounts provided for under this Lease in case of an assignment, and (2) an agreement by such Permitted Transferee to be and remain liable, jointly and severally, for all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease (and in the event that Aspen Technology, Inc. remains a separate entity from such Permitted Transferee following such transaction, Aspen Technology, Inc. shall so agree in writing as well), and in either case a copy of such agreement is delivered to Landlord within ten (10) days of such transaction; and (B) in the case of an assignment pursuant to item (b) hereinabove or a transaction described in item (c) hereinabove, at the time of such assignment or transaction, the Permitted Transferee has a tangible net worth, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, at least equal to the tangible net worth of Tenant on the Lease Reference Date, and proof of such net worth satisfactory to Landlord shall have been delivered to Landlord at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such assignment or transaction.  For the purposes hereof, an “Affiliate” of Tenant shall mean any entity which (v) controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant, (w) results from a merger or consolidation with Tenant, (x) acquires the business being conducted on the Premises by Tenant, (y) has entered into a management contract with Tenant, or (z) has at least a ten percent (10%) ownership interest in Tenant.

 

9.2                                Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, permitted or otherwise, Tenant shall at all times remain directly, primarily and fully responsible and liable for the payment of the rent specified in this Lease and for compliance with all of its other obligations under the terms, provisions and covenants of this Lease.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, if the Premises or any part of them are then assigned or sublet, Landlord, in addition to any other remedies provided in this Lease or provided by law, may, at its option, collect directly from such assignee or subtenant all rents due and becoming due to Tenant under such assignment or sublease and apply such rent against any sums due to Landlord from Tenant under this Lease, and no such collection shall be construed to constitute a novation or release of Tenant from the further performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

9.3                                In addition to Landlord’s right to approve of any subtenant or assignee, Landlord shall have the option, in its sole discretion, in the event of any proposed assignment, to terminate this Lease, or in the case of a proposed subletting of any Premises which constitutes all of the 20 Crosby Premises, all of the 22 Crosby Premises or all of the 28 Crosby Premises for seventy-five percent (75%) or more of the balance of the Term, to recapture that portion of the Premises to be sublet, as of the date the subletting or assignment is to be effective.  The option shall be exercised, if at all, by Landlord giving Tenant written notice given by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written notice as required above.  However, if Tenant notifies Landlord, within ten (10) business days after receipt of Landlord’s termination notice, that Tenant is rescinding its proposed assignment or sublease, the termination notice shall be void and the Lease shall continue in full force and effect.  If this Lease shall be terminated with respect to the entire Premises pursuant to this Section, the Term of this Lease shall end on the date stated in Tenant’s notice as the effective date of the sublease or assignment as if that date had been originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term.  If Landlord recaptures under this Section only a portion of the Premises, the rent to be paid from time to time during the unexpired Term shall abate proportionately based on the proportion by which the approximate square footage of the remaining portion of the Premises shall be less than that of the Premises as of the date immediately prior to such recapture.  Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, discharge in full any outstanding commission obligation which may be due and owing as a result of any proposed assignment or subletting, unless the Premises are recaptured pursuant to this

 

19



 

Section 9.3 and rented by Landlord to the proposed tenant or any other tenant, in which case Landlord shall be responsible for any such leasing commission.

 

9.4                                In the event that Tenant sells, sublets, assigns or transfers this Lease to any party other than a Permitted Transferee, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of any Increased Rent (as hereinafter defined), less the Costs Component (as hereinafter defined), when and as such Increased Rent is received by Tenant.  As used in this Section, “Increased Rent” shall mean the excess of (i) all rent and other consideration which Tenant is entitled to receive by reason of any sale, sublease, assignment or other transfer of this Lease, over (ii) the rent otherwise payable by Tenant under this Lease at such time.  The “Costs Component” is that amount which, if paid monthly, would fully amortize on a straight-line basis, over the entire sublease term (in the case of a sublease) or the remainder of the Term (in connection with an assignment), all reasonable and customary transaction costs actually incurred by Tenant in connection with such sublease or assignment.

 

9.5                                Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, it shall be considered reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any assignment of this Lease or sublease of any portion of the Premises if at the time of either Tenant’s notice of the proposed assignment or sublease or the proposed commencement date thereof, there shall exist any uncured default of Tenant beyond applicable cure periods, if any, or if the proposed assignee or sublessee is an entity:  (a) with which Landlord is already in negotiation (meaning, Landlord or its brokers or representatives have provided such proposed assignee or sublessee with a term sheet, letter of intent, offer, or written proposal to which such prospective assignee or sublessee has submitted a written counter proposal to lease or sublease space in the Park during the immediately preceding four (4) month period); (b) that is already an occupant of the Park unless Landlord is unable to provide space with rentable square footage within at least fifteen percent (15%) of the rentable square footage of the space proposed to be sublet; (c) that is a governmental agency; (d) that is unreputable or will be using the subject Premises for a use other than the Permitted Uses; (e) with which the payment for the sublease or assignment is determined in whole or in part based upon its net income or profits; or (f) would subject the Premises to a use which would:  (i) involve substantially increased personnel or wear upon the Building in which the Premises is located; (ii) violate any exclusive right granted to another tenant of the Building in which the Premises is located and/or the Park; (iii) require any addition to or modification of the Premises or the Building in which it is located in order to comply with building code or other governmental requirements; or (iv) involve a violation of Section 1.2.  Tenant expressly agrees that for the purposes of any statutory or other requirement of reasonableness on the part of Landlord, Landlord’s refusal to consent to any assignment or sublease for any of the reasons described in this Section 9.5, shall be conclusively deemed to be reasonable.

 

9.6                                Upon any request to assign or sublet, Tenant will pay to Landlord, on demand, a sum equal to all of Landlord’s reasonable attorney’s fees incurred in investigating and considering any proposed or purported assignment or pledge of this Lease or sublease of any of the Premises, regardless of whether Landlord shall consent to, refuse consent, or determine that Landlord’s consent is not required for, such assignment, pledge or sublease.  Any purported sale, assignment, mortgage, transfer of this Lease or subletting which does not comply with the provisions of this Article 9 shall be void.

 

10.                                INDEMNIFICATION .  Landlord shall not be liable and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord for any damage to any property or any injury to any person in or about the Premises or the Buildings by or from any cause whatsoever (including without limiting the foregoing, rain or water leakage of any character from the roof, windows, walls, basement, pipes, plumbing works or appliances,

 

20



 

the Buildings not being in good condition or repair, gas, fire, oil, electricity or theft), except to the extent caused by or arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors.  To the extent permitted by law, but subject to Article 12 below, Tenant shall protect, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability or costs (including court costs and attorney’s fees) resulting from actual or threatened claims by third parties occasioned by (a) any damage to any property (other than property of Landlord to the extent governed by Article 12) or any injury (including but not limited to death) to any person occurring in, on or about the Premises, the Buildings or the Parcel to the extent that such injury or damage shall be caused by or arise from any actual act, neglect, fault, or omission by or of Tenant or any Tenant Entity to meet any standards imposed by any duty with respect to the injury or damage; (b) the conduct or management of any work or thing whatsoever done by the Tenant in or about the Premises; (c) Tenant’s failure to comply with any and all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to the condition or use of the Premises or its occupancy; or (d) any breach or default on the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of the Tenant to be performed pursuant to this Lease.  Landlord shall provide written notice to Tenant promptly following Landlord obtaining actual knowledge of a potential claim for which Landlord may seek indemnification from Tenant hereunder and Tenant shall be entitled to control the defense of any resulting action.  To the extent permitted by law, but subject to Article 12 below and the limitation set forth above in this Article 10, Landlord shall protect, indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability or costs (including court costs and attorney’s fees) resulting from actual or threatened claims by third parties occasioned by (a) any damage to any property (other than property of Tenant to the extent governed by Article 12) or any injury (including but not limited to death) to any person occurring in, on or about the Premises, the Buildings or the Parcel to the extent that such injury or damage shall be caused by or arise from any actual act, neglect, fault, or omission by or of Landlord to meet any standards imposed by any duty with respect to the injury or damage; (b) conduct or management of any work or thing whatsoever done by the Landlord in or about the Premises; (c) Landlord’s failure to comply with any and all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to the Buildings; or (d) any breach or default on the part of Landlord in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of the Landlord to be performed pursuant to this Lease.  Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord promptly following Tenant obtaining actual knowledge of a potential claim for which Tenant may seek indemnification from Landlord hereunder and Landlord shall be entitled to control the defense of any resulting action.  The provisions of this Article 10 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability accruing prior to such expiration or earlier termination.

 

11.                                INSURANCE .  Tenant shall keep in force throughout the Term: (a) a Commercial General Liability insurance policy or policies to protect Landlord against any liability to the public or to any invitee of Tenant or Landlord incidental to the use of or resulting from any accident occurring in or upon the Premises with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and not less than $3,000,000 in the annual aggregate, or such higher amount as Landlord may reasonably and prudently require from time to time, covering bodily injury and property damage liability and $1,000,000 products/completed operations aggregate; (b) Business Auto Liability covering owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per accident; (c) Worker’s Compensation Insurance with limits as required by statute with Employers Liability and limits of $500,000 each accident, $500,000 disease policy limit, $500,000 disease—each employee; (d) All Risk or Special Form coverage protecting Tenant against loss of or damage to Tenant’s alterations, additions, improvements, carpeting, floor coverings, panelings, decorations, fixtures, inventory and other business personal property situated in or about the

 

21



 

Premises to the full replacement value of the property so insured (“Tenant’s Property Insurance Policy”); and (e) Business Interruption Insurance with limit of liability of $5,000,000.

 

11.2                         The aforesaid policies shall (a) be provided at Tenant’s expense; (b) name Landlord as an additional insured as Landlord’s interest may appear under Tenant’s Commercial General Liability Insurance and as loss payees (Property Special Form) under Tenant’s Property Insurance Policy; (c) be issued by an insurance company with a minimum Best’s rating of “A-:VII” during the Term; and (d) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled except in accordance with the terms of the insurance policy.  A certificate of Liability insurance on ACORD Form 25 and a certificate of Tenant’s Property Insurance Policy on ACORD Form 27 shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant upon the Commencement Date and within ten (10) days following each renewal of said insurance.  Notwithstanding the requirement in subsection (b) hereinabove to name Landlord as loss payee under Tenant’s Property Insurance Policy, Landlord’s interest as loss payee shall only be with respect to damage caused to Tenant’s alterations, additions, improvements, carpeting, floor coverings, panelings, fixtures and other physical and/or structural components of the Premises, including, without limitation, the Landlord’s Work, the Base Building Work located wholly within any portion of the Premises, and any Alterations (the “Loss Payee Designated Property”), but specifically excluding any personal property, furniture, decorations and inventory situated in or about the Premises. Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that, in the event of any claim made under such Tenant’s Property Insurance Policy, Landlord shall only be entitled to receive proceeds of insurance that relate to damage caused to the Loss Payee Designated Property.

 

11.3                         Whenever Tenant shall undertake any Alterations (as defined in Section 26.2) in, to or about the Premises, the aforesaid insurance protection must extend to and include injuries to persons and damage to property arising in connection with such Alterations, without limitation including liability under any applicable structural work act, and such other insurance as Landlord shall require; and the policies of or certificates evidencing such insurance must be delivered to Landlord prior to the commencement of any such Alterations.

 

11.4                         Landlord shall purchase and maintain during the Term with insurance companies qualified to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (except as otherwise set forth hereinbelow) such insurance in amounts and with deductibles as a reasonably prudent landlord would purchase and maintain with respect to a similar class of building as the Buildings in the Bedford, Massachusetts market area, including the following:  (a) commercial general liability insurance for incidents occurring in the Common Areas of the Park, with coverage for premises/operations, personal injury, and for bodily injury and property damage per occurrence, together with such other coverages and risks as Landlord shall reasonably decide or a mortgagee may require; and (b) property insurance covering property damage to the Buildings and the Buildings’ structures (but excluding the Tenant’s Tel/Data Work, the Landlord’s Work and the Base Building Work located wholly within any portion of the Premises, and any other Alterations performed by Tenant), for one hundred percent (100%) of replacement cost value.  Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that, as of the Lease Reference Date, Landlord’s property insurance policy covers one hundred percent (100%) of replacement cost value which is not subject to any monetary limit or cap with respect to the amount of insurance proceeds that Landlord may recover under such property insurance policy (“Uncapped Replacement Cost Insurance”) and Landlord shall be required to maintain such Uncapped Replacement Cost Insurance for the duration of the Term.  Landlord further represents and warrants to Tenant that, as of the Lease Reference Date, the maximum deductible payable under Landlord’s property insurance policy is $250,000.  The cost of the Uncapped Replacement Cost Insurance and a portion of the

 

22



 

deductible (up to an amount not to exceed $50,000 with respect to such deductible) shall be included in Expenses pursuant to Section 4.1.2 in the event that there is a claim for property damage under Landlord’s property insurance policy; provided, that, any costs attributable to Landlord’s property insurance deductible in excess of $50,000 shall not be included in Expenses pursuant to Section 4.1.2.

 

12.                                WAIVER OF SUBROGATION .  Tenant and Landlord hereby mutually waive their respective rights of recovery against each other for any loss insured by fire, extended coverage, All Risks or other insurance now or hereafter existing for the benefit of the respective party but only to the extent of the net insurance proceeds payable under such policies; provided, that, if there is a claim under Landlord’s property insurance policy, Landlord, and not Tenant, shall be responsible for the amount of any deductible in excess of $50,000 and any amount of such deductible that is equal to or less than $50,000 shall be included in Expenses pursuant to Section 4.1.2.  Each party shall obtain any special endorsements required by their insurer to evidence compliance with the aforementioned waiver.

 

13.                                SERVICES AND UTILITIES .  Landlord agrees to furnish to the Premises at all times during the Term and in a manner consistent with a similar class office building as the Buildings in the Bedford, Massachusetts market area, the following services and utilities subject to the rules and regulations of the Buildings prescribed from time to time:  (a) hot and cold water suitable for normal office use of the Premises; (b) heat and air conditioning required in Landlord’s judgment for the use and occupation of the Premises during Building Business Hours with Landlord being obligated to maintain the Premises at reasonably comfortable temperatures during Building Business Hours; (c) nightly cleaning and janitorial service in accordance with the cleaning specifications attached hereto as Exhibit G ; (d) elevator service by nonattended automatic elevators, if applicable; and (e) equipment to bring to the Premises electricity for lighting, convenience outlets and other normal office use.  Landlord agrees to furnish cleaning and janitorial services after Building Business Hours on generally recognized business days (but exclusive of Saturdays, Sundays and national and local legal holidays).  Landlord shall be responsible for snow removal in a manner consistent with properties of a similar caliber to the Park in the Bedford, Massachusetts area.  Landlord will include electricity costs to operate the HVAC system serving the Premises in Expenses.  To the extent that Tenant is not billed directly by a public utility, Tenant shall pay, within twenty (20) days of Landlord’s demand (with appropriate backup as to the billing information), for all electricity used by Tenant in the Premises as measured by a meter or submeter (as applicable), including, all electricity for lights and plugs and supplemental HVAC.  Except as otherwise set forth below in Section 13.1.1, the charge shall be at the rates charged for such services by the local public utility.  Notwithstanding the terms and provisions of this Article 13, if, for more than five (5) consecutive business days following written notice from Tenant to Landlord, Landlord shall fail to commence and diligently pursue to completion the restoration of any utility or other service required to be provided by Landlord under this Lease following the interruption, curtailment or suspension of such utility or other service, and the restoration of any such utility or other service is within Landlord’s reasonable control and not caused by Tenant’s negligence or willful misconduct (subject in all cases to delays caused by Force Majeure Events), and as a result of such failure (i) Tenant shall not be reasonably able to use and occupy, or to have access to, the 20 Crosby Premises, the 22 Crosby Premises or the 28 Crosby Premises (as applicable) or a material portion thereof, as the case may be, for the normal conduct of Tenant’s business operations without extraordinary and unreasonable measures being required to be taken by Tenant in order to do so, and (ii) Tenant does not use or occupy the same during said period, then the obligation of Tenant to pay Annual Rent and additional rent hereunder shall be abated in proportion to the portion of the 20 Crosby Premises, the 22 Crosby Premises or the 28 Crosby Premises (as applicable) that Tenant is unable to use as a result of such failure from the date such use

 

23



 

and occupancy is impaired until the date immediately following the day on which such interruption, curtailment or suspension ends and such service is restored (Landlord agreeing that it shall diligently pursue the restoration of any such utility or other service until restored).

 

13.1.1               Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense in connection with the Work, submeter electricity for each of the 20 Crosby Premises, the 22 Crosby Premises and the 28 Crosby Premises and, as payment for such electricity, Tenant shall remit to Landlord as additional rent a sum equal to $1.50 per rentable square foot of each of the 20 Crosby Premises, the 22 Crosby Premises and the 28 Crosby Premises per annum, which is Landlord’s estimate of the appropriate electricity charge for each of the 20 Crosby Premises, the 22 Crosby Premises and the 28 Crosby Premises as of the Lease Reference Date, with such amount to be increased from time to time by notice from Landlord to Tenant based on historical usage and cost or to the extent that the market therefor increases based upon Landlord’s judgment (the “Estimated Electricity Submeter Charge”), with 1/12 of such amount being due and payable in monthly installments concurrently with Tenant’s payment of Monthly Installment of Rent hereunder.

 

13.1.2               Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to review the total Estimated Electricity Submeter Charge paid by Tenant during the immediately preceding Lease Year within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of such Lease Year and if the Estimated Electricity Submeter Charge that Tenant pays pursuant to Section 13.1.1 is less than the actual charges as measured by Landlord’s submetering for such electricity for such applicable billing period, then Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord as additional rent in one lump sum within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s bill therefor.  If the Estimated Electricity Submeter Charge that Tenant pays during such applicable billing period pursuant to Section 13.1.1 is more than the actual charges as measured by Landlord’s submetering for such electricity, then Landlord shall credit the difference against the then next due payments to be made by Tenant under this Section 13.1, or, if the Lease has been terminated, refund the difference to Tenant in cash within sixty (60) days of the applicable billing period.

 

13.2                         Should Tenant require any additional work or service, as described above, including services furnished outside of Building Business Hours, Landlord may, on terms to be agreed, upon reasonable advance notice by Tenant, furnish such additional service and Tenant agrees to pay Landlord such charges as may be agreed upon, including any tax imposed thereon, but in no event at a charge more than Landlord’s actual cost.  The charge for after-hours HVAC service is specified on the Reference Pages.

 

13.3                         Wherever heat-generating machines or equipment are used by Tenant in the 20 Crosby Premises, the 22 Crosby Premises or the 28 Crosby Premises which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or Tenant allows occupancy of the 20 Crosby Premises, the 22 Crosby Premises or the 28 Crosby Premises by more persons than the heating and air conditioning system is designed to accommodate, in either event whether with or without Landlord’s approval, Landlord reserves the right to install supplementary heating and/or air conditioning units in or for the benefit of the 20 Crosby Premises, the 22 Crosby Premises or the 28 Crosby Premises (as applicable) and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation and the cost of operations and maintenance, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within twenty (20) days of Landlord’s demand.

 

13.4                         Tenant will not, without the written consent of Landlord, use any equipment or device in the 20 Crosby Premises, the 22 Crosby Premises or the 28 Crosby Premises that will cause Tenant’s aggregate usage of machines, equipment or devices within such Premises to exceed 400 amps at 480

 

24



 

volts in the aggregate for lights, plugs and supplemental HVAC (but excluding the standard HVAC serving the 20 Crosby Premises, the 22 Crosby Premises or the 28 Crosby Premises), or which will in any way increase the amount of electricity or water usually furnished or supplied for use of the 20 Crosby Premises, the 22 Crosby Premises or the 28 Crosby Premises for the Permitted Uses, nor connect with electric current, except through existing electrical outlets in the 20 Crosby Premises, the 22 Crosby Premises or the 28 Crosby Premises, or water pipes, any apparatus or device for the purposes of using electrical current or water.  If Tenant shall require water or electric current in excess of that usually furnished or supplied for use of the 20 Crosby Premises, the 22 Crosby Premises or the 28 Crosby Premises for the Permitted Uses, Tenant shall procure the prior written consent of Landlord for the use thereof, which Landlord may refuse, and if Landlord does consent, Landlord may cause a water meter or electric current meter to be installed so as to measure the amount of such excess water and electric current.  The cost of any such meters shall be paid for by Tenant.  Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord within five (5) days of Landlord’s demand, the cost of all such excess water and electric current consumed (as shown by said meters, if any, or, if none, as reasonably estimated by Landlord) at the rates charged for such services by the local public utility or agency, as the case may be, furnishing the same, plus any additional expense incurred in keeping account of the water and electric current so consumed.

 

13.5                         Tenant will not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, contract with a utility provider to service the Premises with any utility, including, but not limited to, electricity, water, sewer or gas, which is not previously providing such service to other tenants in the applicable Building.  Tenant may contract with any well-recognized and reputable telecommunications provider to provide tel/data service to the Premises and to and between the Buildings in order to serve the Premises so long as Landlord has provided its prior written consent to the use of such telecommunications provider, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and shall be deemed to have been given if such telecommunications provider is Verizon, Comcast, Lightower, Level 3 Communications, AT&T, Cogent or EarthLink.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such telecommunications provider is not then currently providing such tel/data service to other tenants in the applicable Building(s), then Tenant (and not Landlord) shall be solely responsible for the performance of any infrastructure work (subject to the terms and provisions of Article 6) and any and all costs and expenses related thereto and payable to such telecommunications provider providing such tel/data service to the Premises and to and between the Buildings in order to serve the Premises.  Landlord shall have the right to review and approve (with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) the method and means by which such telecommunications provider shall provide such tel/data service to and between the applicable Building(s), including, without limitation, the performance of any such infrastructure work and the use of any existing conduits serving the applicable Building(s).  Subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations and the provisions of Articles 6 and 26, Tenant shall be entitled to the use of wiring, at its own risk, from the existing telecommunications nexus in the respective Building to the respective Premises within such Building, sufficient for the Permitted Uses.  Landlord shall in no event be liable for disruption in any service obtained by Tenant pursuant to this Section.

 

14.                                HOLDING OVER .  Tenant shall pay Landlord for each day Tenant retains possession of the Premises or part of them after the termination or expiration of this Lease by lapse of time or otherwise at the rate (“Holdover Rate”) which shall be one hundred fifty percent (150%) of (a) the amount of the Annual Rent for the last period prior to the date of such termination or expiration, plus (b) all Rent Adjustments under Article 4, prorated on a daily basis, and also pay all damages sustained by Landlord by reason of such retention.  If Landlord gives notice to Tenant of Landlord’s election to such effect,

 

25



 

such holding over shall constitute renewal of this Lease for a period from month to month at the Holdover Rate, but if the Landlord does not so elect, no such renewal shall result notwithstanding acceptance by Landlord of any sums due hereunder after such termination or expiration; and instead, a tenancy at sufferance at the Holdover Rate shall be deemed to have been created.  In any event, no provision of this Article 14 shall be deemed to waive Landlord’s right of reentry or any other right under this Lease or at law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, provided that Tenant notifies Landlord in writing that it will retain possession of the Premises after the termination or expiration of this Lease at least ninety (90) days prior to such termination or expiration, then, for the first thirty (30) days of such retention, Landlord shall waive any damages sustained by Landlord by reason of such retention and the Holdover Rate shall be one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of (i) the amount of the Annual Rent for the last period prior to the date of such termination or expiration, plus (ii) all Rent Adjustments under Article 4.

 

15.                                SUBORDINATION .  Without the necessity of any additional document being executed by Tenant for the purpose of effecting a subordination, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to ground or underlying leases and to the lien of any mortgages or deeds of trust now or hereafter placed on, against or affecting the Buildings, Landlord’s interest or estate in the Buildings, or any ground or underlying lease; provided, however, that (a) if the lessor, mortgagee, trustee, or holder of any such mortgage or deed of trust elects to have Tenant’s interest in this Lease be superior to any such instrument, then, by notice to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed superior, whether this Lease was executed before or after said instrument, and (b) Landlord shall obtain a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement for Tenant on such ground lessor’s, mortgagee’s, trustee’s or holder’s standard form.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver within ten (10) days of Landlord’s request such further instruments evidencing such subordination or superiority of this Lease as may be required by Landlord, subject to Landlord obtaining a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement on such ground lessor’s, mortgagee’s, trustee’s or holder’s standard form as aforesaid.  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that there are no mortgages encumbering the Buildings as of the Lease Reference Date.

 

16.                                RULES AND REGULATIONS .  Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with all the rules and regulations as set forth in Exhibit D to this Lease and all reasonable and non-discriminatory modifications of and additions to them from time to time put into effect by Landlord.  Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-performance by any other tenant or occupant of the Buildings of any such rules and regulations.

 

17.                                REENTRY BY LANDLORD .  Upon at least twenty-four (24) hours prior notice (which may be oral) and during Building Business Hours or outside of Building Business Hours if in the presence of a Tenant representative (except in the case of an emergency when no such notice or representative shall be required), Landlord shall have the right to re-enter the Premises or any portion thereof to inspect the same, to supply janitor service and any other service to be provided by Landlord to Tenant under this Lease, to show said Premises or any portion thereof to prospective purchasers, mortgagees or tenants (but only during the last twelve (12) months of the Term for prospective tenants), and to alter, improve or repair the Premises or any portion thereof and any portion of the Buildings, without abatement of rent, and may for that purpose erect, use and maintain scaffolding, pipes, conduits and other necessary structures and open any wall, ceiling or floor in and through the Buildings and Premises or any portion thereof where reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed, provided entrance to such portion of the Premises shall not be blocked thereby, and further provided that the business of

 

26



 

Tenant shall not be interfered with unreasonably.  Regarding any such entry, unless such entry is to perform customary and routine maintenance obligations required of Landlord hereunder pursuant to a work order requested by Tenant or other request by Tenant for Landlord to perform such work or if such work is undertaken in connection with an emergency (which, in each such case, shall not require prior notice to Landlord), the notice provided by Landlord regarding any such other entry shall generally describe the purpose of such entry, the location of the work to be performed by Landlord (if any) and an estimate of the hours or days that Landlord anticipates being within the Premises for the purposes of such entry.  Except with respect to any such entry undertaken in connection with an emergency, Tenant shall have the right to have a representative of Tenant accompany Landlord during any such entry upon any portion of the Premises.  Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the arrangement and/or locations of entrances, or passageways, doors and doorways, and corridors, windows, elevators, stairs, toilets or other public parts of the Buildings and to change the name, number or designation by which each Building is commonly known.  In the event that Landlord damages any portion of any wall or wall covering, ceiling, or floor or floor covering within the Premises, Landlord shall repair or replace the damaged portion to match the original as nearly as commercially reasonable but shall not be required to repair or replace more than the portion actually damaged.  Landlord shall also be responsible for any actual damage caused by Landlord to Tenant’s personal property resulting from Landlord’s entry into the Premises pursuant to this Article 17.  Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of such portion of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned by any action of Landlord authorized by this Article 17.

 

17.2                         For each of the aforesaid purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes or special security areas (designated from time to time by notice from Tenant to Landlord), and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper to open said doors in an emergency to obtain entry to any portion of the Premises.  As to any portion to which access cannot be had by means of a key or keys in Landlord’s possession, Landlord is authorized to gain access by such means as Landlord shall reasonably elect and the cost of repairing any damage occurring in doing so shall be borne by Tenant and paid to Landlord within twenty (20) days of Landlord’s demand.

 

18.                                DEFAULT.   Except as otherwise provided in Article 20, the following events shall be deemed to be Events of Default under this Lease:

 

18.1.1               Tenant shall fail to pay when due any sum of money becoming due to be paid to Landlord under this Lease, whether such sum be any installment of the rent reserved by this Lease, any other amount treated as additional rent under this Lease, or any other payment or reimbursement to Landlord required by this Lease, whether or not treated as additional rent under this Lease, and such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) business days after written notice that such payment was not made when due, but if any two (2) such notices shall be given, for the twelve (12) month period commencing with the date of the second (2 nd ) of such notices, the failure to pay within five (5) days after due any additional sum of money becoming due to be paid to Landlord under this Lease during such period shall be an Event of Default, without notice.

 

18.1.2               Tenant shall fail to comply with any term, provision or covenant of this Lease which is not provided for in another Section of this Article and shall not cure such failure within  thirty (30) days (forthwith, if the failure involves a hazardous condition) after written notice of such failure to Tenant provided, however, that such failure shall not be an event of default if such failure could not

 

27



 

reasonably be cured during such  thirty (30) day period, Tenant has commenced the cure within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter is diligently pursuing such cure to completion, but the total aggregate cure period shall not exceed one hundred twenty (120) days.

 

18.1.3               Subject to Tenant’s rights to holdover in the Premises for the initial thirty (30) day period more particularly described in, and pursuant to, Article 14, Tenant shall fail to vacate the Premises immediately upon termination of this Lease, by lapse of time or otherwise, or upon termination of Tenant’s right to possession only.

 

18.1.4               Tenant shall become insolvent, admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition in bankruptcy or a petition to take advantage of any insolvency statute, make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, make a transfer in fraud of creditors, apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver of itself or of the whole or any substantial part of its property, or file a petition or answer seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any other applicable law or statute of the United States or any state thereof.

 

18.1.5               A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order, judgment or decree adjudicating Tenant bankrupt, or appointing a receiver of Tenant, or of the whole or any substantial part of its property, without the consent of Tenant, or approving a petition filed against Tenant seeking reorganization or arrangement of Tenant under the bankruptcy laws of the United States, as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any state thereof, and such order, judgment or decree shall not be vacated or set aside or stayed within sixty (60) days from the date of entry thereof.

 

18.2                         Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Section 7.3, Landlord shall in no event be in default under this Lease unless Landlord shall neglect or fail to perform any of its obligations hereunder and shall fail to remedy the same within thirty (30) days after written notice to Landlord specifying such neglect or failure, or if such failure is of such a nature that Landlord cannot reasonably remedy the same within such thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall fail to commence promptly (and in any event within such thirty (30) day period) to remedy the same and to prosecute such remedy to completion with diligence and continuity.

 

19.                                REMEDIES.   Except as otherwise provided in Article 20, upon the occurrence of any of the Events of Default described or referred to in Article 18, Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any notice or demand whatsoever, concurrently or consecutively and not alternatively:

 

19.1.1               Landlord may, at its election, terminate this Lease or terminate Tenant’s right to possession only, without terminating the Lease.

 

19.1.2               Upon any termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, or upon any termination of Tenant’s right to possession without termination of the Lease, Tenant shall surrender possession and vacate the Premises immediately, and deliver possession thereof to Landlord, and Tenant hereby grants to Landlord full and free license to enter into and upon the Premises in such event and to repossess Landlord of the Premises as of Landlord’s former estate and to expel or remove Tenant and any others who may be occupying or be within the Premises and to remove Tenant’s signs and other evidence of tenancy and all other property of Tenant therefrom without being deemed in any manner guilty of trespass, eviction or forcible entry or detainer, and without incurring any liability for

 

28



 

any damage resulting therefrom, Tenant waiving any right to claim damages for such re-entry and expulsion, and without relinquishing Landlord’s right to rent or any other right given to Landlord under this Lease or by operation of law.

 

19.1.3               Upon any termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, Landlord shall be entitled to recover as damages, all rent, including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease, and other sums due and payable by Tenant on the date of termination, plus as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, an amount equal to the sum of:  (a) an amount equal to the then present value of the rent reserved in this Lease for the residue of the stated Term of this Lease including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease and all other sums provided in this Lease to be paid by Tenant, minus the then Fair Market Rent (as hereinafter defined) for the Premises for such residue; (b) the value of the time and expense necessary to obtain a replacement tenant or tenants, and the estimated expenses described in Section 19.1.4 relating to recovery of the Premises, preparation for reletting and for reletting itself; and (c) the cost of performing any other covenants which would have otherwise been performed by Tenant.

 

19.1.4               Upon any termination of Tenant’s right to possession only without termination of the Lease:

 

19.1.4.1                             Neither such termination of Tenant’s right to possession nor Landlord’s taking and holding possession thereof as provided in Section 19.1.2 shall terminate the Lease or release Tenant, in whole or in part, from any obligation, including Tenant’s obligation to pay the rent, including any amounts treated as additional rent, under this Lease for the full Term, and if Landlord so elects Tenant shall continue to pay to Landlord the entire amount of the rent as and when it becomes due, including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease, for the remainder of the Term plus any other sums provided in this Lease to be paid by Tenant for the remainder of the Term.

 

19.1.4.2                             Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Premises or portions thereof.  Landlord and Tenant agree that nevertheless Landlord shall at most be required to use only the same efforts Landlord then uses to lease premises in the Buildings generally and that in any case that Landlord shall not be required to give any preference or priority to the showing or leasing of the Premises or portions thereof over any other space that Landlord may be leasing or have available and may place a suitable prospective tenant in any such other space regardless of when such other space becomes available and that Landlord shall have the right to relet the Premises for a greater or lesser term than that remaining under this Lease, the right to relet only a portion of the Premises, or a portion of the Premises or the entire Premises as a part of a larger area, and the right to change the character or use of the Premises.  In connection with or in preparation for any reletting, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, make repairs, alterations and additions in or to the Premises and redecorate the same to the extent Landlord deems necessary or desirable, and Tenant shall pay the cost thereof, together with Landlord’s expenses of reletting, including, without limitation, any commission incurred by Landlord, within five (5) days of Landlord’s demand.  Landlord shall not be required to observe any instruction given by Tenant about any reletting or accept any tenant offered by Tenant unless such offered tenant has a credit-worthiness acceptable to Landlord and leases the entire Premises upon terms and conditions including a rate of rent (after giving effect to all expenditures by Landlord for tenant improvements, broker’s commissions and other leasing costs) all no less favorable to Landlord than as called for in this Lease, nor shall Landlord be required to make or permit any assignment or sublease for more than the current term or which Landlord would not be required to permit under the provisions of Article 9.

 

29



 

19.1.4.3                             Until such time as Landlord shall elect to terminate this Lease and shall thereupon be entitled to recover the amounts specified in such case in Section 19.1.3, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the full amount of all rent, including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease and other sums reserved in this Lease for the remaining Term, together with the costs of repairs, alterations, additions, redecorating and Landlord’s expenses of reletting and the collection of the rent accruing therefrom (including reasonable attorney’s fees and broker’s commissions), as the same shall then be due or become due from time to time, less only such consideration as Landlord may have received from any reletting of the Premises; and Landlord may file suits from time to time to recover any sums falling due under this Article 19 as they become due.  Any proceeds of reletting by Landlord in excess of the amount then owed by Tenant to Landlord from time to time shall be credited against Tenant’s future obligations under this Lease but shall not otherwise be refunded to Tenant or inure to Tenant’s benefit.

 

19.2                         Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) cure such default at Tenant’s sole expense.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, enter into and upon the Premises if Landlord determines in its sole discretion that Tenant is not acting within a commercially reasonable time to maintain, repair or replace anything for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease or to otherwise effect compliance with its obligations under this Lease and correct the same, without being deemed in any manner guilty of trespass, eviction or forcible entry and detainer and without incurring any liability for any damage or interruption of Tenant’s business resulting therefrom and Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord within five (5) days of Landlord’s demand as additional rent, for any expenses which Landlord may incur in thus effecting compliance with Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, plus interest from the date of demand by Landlord at the Wall Street Journal prime rate.

 

19.3                         Tenant understands and agrees that in entering into this Lease, Landlord is relying upon receipt of all the Annual and Monthly Installments of Rent to become due with respect to all the Premises originally leased hereunder over the full initial Term of this Lease for amortization, including interest at the Amortization Rate.  For purposes hereof, the “Concession Amount” shall be defined as the aggregate of all amounts forgone or expended by Landlord as free rent under this Lease, under Exhibit B hereof for the Landlord’s Work, the Entrance Work, the Allowance (as hereinafter defined), the Entrance Work Allowance (as hereinafter defined), the Additional Entrance Work Allowance (as hereinafter defined), the Tenant’s Plan Allowance (as hereinafter defined) not yet repaid by Tenant, and for brokers’ commissions and legal fees payable by reason of this Lease.  Accordingly, Tenant agrees that if this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises leased hereunder shall be terminated as of any date (“Default Termination Date”) prior to the expiration of the full initial Term hereof by reason of a default of Tenant, there shall be due and owing to Landlord as of the day prior to the Default Termination Date, as rent in addition to all other amounts owed by Tenant as of such Default Termination Date, the amount (“Unamortized Amount”) of the Concession Amount determined as set forth below; provided, however, that in the event that such amounts are recovered by Landlord pursuant to any other provision of this Article 19, Landlord agrees that it shall not attempt to recover such amounts pursuant to this Section 19.3.  For the purposes hereof, the Unamortized Amount shall be determined in the same manner as the remaining principal balance of a mortgage with interest at the Amortization Rate payable in level payments over the same length of time as from the effectuation of the Concession Amount concerned to the end of the full initial Term of this Lease would be determined.  The foregoing provisions shall also apply to and upon any reduction of space in the Premises, as though such reduction were a termination for Tenant’s default, except that (i) the Unamortized Amount shall be

 

30



 

reduced by any amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord to effectuate such reduction, and (ii) the manner of application shall be that the Unamortized Amount shall first be determined as though for a full termination as of the effective date of the elimination of the portion, but then the amount so determined shall be multiplied by the fraction of which the numerator is the rentable square footage of the eliminated portion and the denominator is the rentable square footage of the Premises originally leased hereunder; and the amount thus obtained shall be the Unamortized Amount.

 

19.4                         In the event of any litigation arising out of or in connection with this Lease or the rights of the parties hereto relative to the Premises, the Buildings or the Park, the non-prevailing party will reimburse the prevailing party for the reasonable expenses incurred therein, including, but not limited to, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, but only if the prevailing party is entitled to such reimbursement pursuant to a court order or award relating to such litigation.  In the event of any conflict between this provision and any other provision of this Lease concerning payment or reimbursement of attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses, such other specific provision of this Lease will control.  TENANT AND LANDLORD EXPRESSLY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY .

 

19.5                         Pursuit of any of the foregoing remedies shall not preclude pursuit of any of the other remedies provided in this Lease or any other remedies provided by law (all such remedies being cumulative), nor shall pursuit of any remedy provided in this Lease constitute a forfeiture or waiver of any rent due to Landlord under this Lease or of any damages accruing to Landlord or Tenant by reason of the violation of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease.

 

19.6                         No act or thing done by Landlord or its agents during the Term shall be deemed a termination of this Lease or an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to terminate this Lease or accept a surrender of said Premises shall be valid, unless in writing signed by Landlord.  No waiver by either party of any violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease.  Landlord’s acceptance of the payment of rental or other payments after the occurrence of an Event of Default shall not be construed as a waiver of such Event of Default, unless Landlord so notifies Tenant in writing.  Forbearance by either party in enforcing one or more of the remedies provided in this Lease upon an Event of Default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such Event of Default or of Landlord’s right to enforce any such remedies with respect to such Event of Default or any subsequent Event of Default.

 

19.7                         Intentionally Deleted.

 

19.8                         Any and all property which may be removed from the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the authority of this Lease or of law, to which Tenant is or may be entitled, may be handled, removed and/or stored, as the case may be, by or at the direction of Landlord but at the risk, cost and expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall in no event be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, any and all expenses incurred in such removal and all storage charges against such property so long as the same shall be in Landlord’s possession or under Landlord’s control.  Any such property of Tenant not retaken by Tenant from storage within thirty (30) days after removal from the Premises shall, at Landlord’s option, be deemed conveyed by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale without further payment or credit by Landlord to Tenant.

 

31



 

19.9                         In the event that:  (1) Landlord fails in its obligations under this Lease to commence and diligently pursue to completion the making of any repairs or the performance of any maintenance that Landlord is expressly responsible for making or performing (as applicable) under this Lease (including, without limitation, Landlord’s failure to satisfy the temperature requirements for the Premises more particularly set forth in Article 13) beyond any applicable notice and cure periods provided for the failure to perform such obligations and the (a) reason for such repairs or maintenance is not caused by Tenant’s negligence or willful misconduct, and (b) making of such repairs or the performance of such maintenance is within Landlord’s reasonable control (subject to delays caused by any Force Majeure Events and provided that any such failure shall not constitute a default of Landlord if such failure could not reasonably be cured during such initial cure period, but Landlord has commenced the cure within such initial cure period and thereafter is diligently pursuing such cure to completion); and (2) such failure results in Tenant not being reasonably able to use and occupy, or to have access to, the Premises, or a material portion of the Premises, as the case may be, for the normal conduct of Tenant’s business operations; then Tenant may perform such obligations at Landlord’s expense if Landlord fails to commence and diligently pursue to completion such obligations within ten (10) business days after written notice from Tenant to Landlord regarding such failure as specifically set forth hereinbelow (the “Self-Help Notice”).  In the event that Landlord fails to reimburse Tenant for the amount of all reasonable costs actually incurred by Tenant in curing any such default of Landlord (the “Offset Costs”) within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s receipt of an invoice therefor from Tenant (provided, that, Tenant had timely and properly given Landlord the Self-Help Notice as required in the foregoing sentence, Landlord failed to perform such obligations within such ten (10) business day period and Tenant conducted such work in a good and workmanlike manner), then Tenant shall have the right to deduct the amount of any such Offset Costs from future payments of Annual Rent hereunder; provided, however, that the amount of any such set-off shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of each Monthly Installment of Rent payable under this Lease unless Tenant would not be able to recover the entire amount of the Offset Costs during the remainder of the Term, in which case the Offset Costs shall be amortized on a straight line basis (without interest) in equal monthly installments over the remainder of the Term and Tenant shall be entitled to set-off such monthly installment from each Monthly Installment of Rent payable under this Lease during the remainder of the Term.  Tenant shall be deemed to have properly given written notice to Landlord as set forth hereinabove and to exercise such self-help and set-off rights as set forth hereinabove only if the Self-Help Notice states the following in capitalized and bold type on the first page of such Self-Help Notice:  “LANDLORD IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT IT HAS FAILED TO PERFORM ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE LEASE AS DETAILED IN THIS LETTER WITHIN THE REQUIRED NOTICE AND CURE PERIOD SET FORTH IN THE LEASE AND IF SUCH FAILURE IS NOT CURED WITHIN TEN (10) BUSINESS DAYS FOLLOWING LANDLORD’S RECEIPT OF THIS LETTER, THEN SUCH FAILURE SHALL, UNDER THE CIRCUMSTANCES SET FORTH IN THE SECTION OF THE LEASE GOVERNING TENANT’S SELF-HELP RIGHTS, PERMIT TENANT TO EXERCISE SUCH SELF-HELP PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION OF THE LEASE GOVERNING TENANT’S SELF-HELP RIGHTS AND TO POTENTIALLY SET-OFF AGAINST ANNUAL RENT ANY REASONABLE AND ACTUAL COSTS OF SUCH SELF-HELP WHICH ARE NOT REIMBURSED TO TENANT PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION OF THE LEASE GOVERNING TENANT’S SELF-HELP RIGHTS” .

 

20.                                TENANT’S BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY.   If at any time and for so long as Tenant shall be subjected to the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or other law of the United States or any state thereof for the protection of debtors as in effect at such time (each a “Debtor’s Law”):

 

32



 

20.1.1               Tenant, Tenant as debtor-in-possession, and any trustee or receiver of Tenant’s assets (each a “Tenant’s Representative”) shall have no greater right to assume or assign this Lease or any interest in this Lease, or to sublease any of the Premises than accorded to Tenant in Article 9, except to the extent Landlord shall be required to permit such assumption, assignment or sublease by the provisions of such Debtor’s Law.  Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, any right of any Tenant’s Representative to assume or assign this Lease or to sublease any of the Premises shall be subject to the conditions that:

 

20.1.1.1                             Such Debtor’s Law shall provide to Tenant’s Representative a right of assumption of this Lease which Tenant’s Representative shall have timely exercised and Tenant’s Representative shall have fully cured any default of Tenant under this Lease.

 

20.1.1.2                             Tenant’s Representative or the proposed assignee, as the case shall be, shall have deposited with Landlord as security for the timely payment of rent an amount equal to the Security Deposit, and shall have provided Landlord with adequate other assurance of the future performance of the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease.  Without limitation, such assurances shall include, at least, in the case of assumption of this Lease, demonstration to the satisfaction of the Landlord that Tenant’s Representative has and will continue to have sufficient unencumbered assets after the payment of all secured obligations and administrative expenses to assure Landlord that Tenant’s Representative will have sufficient funds to fulfill the obligations of Tenant under this Lease; and, in the case of assignment, submission of current financial statements of the proposed assignee, audited by an independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Landlord and showing a net worth and working capital in amounts determined by Landlord to be sufficient to assure the future performance by such assignee of all of the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

20.1.1.3                             The assumption or any contemplated assignment of this Lease or subleasing any part of the Premises, as shall be the case, will not breach any provision in any other lease, mortgage, financing agreement or other agreement by which Landlord is bound.

 

20.1.1.4                             Landlord shall have, or would have had absent the Debtor’s Law, no right under Article 9 to refuse consent to the proposed assignment or sublease by reason of the identity or nature of the proposed assignee or sublessee or the proposed use of the Premises concerned.

 

21.                                QUIET ENJOYMENT .  Landlord represents and warrants that it has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that Tenant, while paying the rental and performing its other covenants and agreements contained in this Lease, shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term without hindrance or molestation from Landlord subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease.  Landlord shall not be liable for any interference or disturbance by other tenants or third persons, nor shall Tenant be released from any of the obligations of this Lease because of such interference or disturbance.

 

22.                                CASUALTY .  22.1                                          In the event the Premises or any of the Buildings are damaged by fire or other cause and in Landlord’s reasonable estimation such damage can be materially restored within two hundred forty (240) days from the date of such fire or other casualty, Landlord shall forthwith repair the same and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate abatement in rent from the date of such damage until Landlord delivers a Certificate of Occupancy (as defined in Exhibit B ) to Tenant for the restored Premises.  Such abatement of rent shall be made pro rata in accordance with the extent to which the damage and the making of such repairs shall

 

33



 

interfere with the use and occupancy by Tenant of the 20 Crosby Premises, the 22 Crosby Premises or the 28 Crosby Premises, as the case may be, from time to time.  Within forty-five (45) days from the date of such damage, Landlord shall notify Tenant, in writing, of Landlord’s reasonable estimation of the length of time within which material restoration can be made, and Landlord’s determination shall be binding on Tenant.  For purposes of this Lease, the Building or Premises shall be deemed “materially restored” if they are in such condition as would not prevent or materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the purpose for which it was being used immediately before such damage.

 

22.2                         If such repairs cannot, in Landlord’s reasonable estimation, be made within two hundred forty (240) days from such date of the fire or other casualty, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the option of giving the other, at any time within ninety (90) days after such damage, notice terminating this Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises in the damaged Building only as of the date of such damage; provided, that, if the fire or other casualty is to the 20 Crosby Building and such repairs cannot, in Landlord’s reasonable estimation, be made within two hundred forty (240) days from such date of the fire or other casualty, then Tenant shall have the option of giving notice to Landlord, at any time within ninety (90) days after such damage, notice terminating this Lease with respect to the 20 Crosby Premises, the 22 Crosby Premises and the 28 Crosby Premises, in their entirety.  In the event of the giving of any such notice, this Lease shall expire with respect to the portion of the Premises in the damaged Building only (except as otherwise expressly set forth in the immediately preceding sentence) and all interest of the Tenant in such portion of the Premises shall terminate as of the date of such damage as if such date had been originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term.  In the event that neither Landlord nor Tenant exercises its option to terminate this Lease, then Landlord shall repair or restore such damage, this Lease continuing in full force and effect, and the rent hereunder shall be proportionately abated as provided in Section 22.1.

 

22.3                         Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any damage or loss by or from fire or other cause to any panelings, decorations, partitions, additions, railings, ceilings, floor coverings, office fixtures or any other property or improvements installed on the Premises by, or belonging to, Tenant.  Any insurance which may be carried by Landlord or Tenant against loss or damage to the Buildings or Premises shall be for the sole benefit of the party carrying such insurance and under its sole control, except as otherwise expressly set forth in Article 11.

 

22.4                         In the event that Landlord should fail to complete such repairs and material restoration within sixty (60) days after the date estimated by Landlord therefor as extended by this Section 22.4, Tenant may at its option and as its sole remedy terminate this Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises in the damaged Building only by delivering written notice to Landlord, within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of said period of time, whereupon the Lease shall end with respect to the portion of the Premises in the damaged Building on the date of such notice or such later date fixed in such notice as if the date of such notice was the date originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term; provided, however, that if construction is delayed because of changes, deletions or additions in construction requested by Tenant, strikes, lockouts, casualties, Acts of God, war, material or labor shortages, government regulation or control or other causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (each, a “Force Majeure Event”), the period for restoration, repair or rebuilding shall be extended for the amount of time Landlord is so delayed.

 

22.5                         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article:  (a) Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever to repair, reconstruct, or restore the Premises when the damages resulting from any casualty covered by the provisions of this Article 22 occur during the last twelve (12)

 

34



 

months of the Term or any extension thereof, but if Landlord determines not to repair such damages Landlord shall notify Tenant and if such damages shall render any material portion of the Premises in the damaged Building untenantable Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises in the damaged Building only by notice to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s notice; and (b) in the event the holder of any indebtedness secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises or Buildings requires that any insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after such requirement is made by any such holder, whereupon this Lease shall end on the date of such damage as if the date of such damage were the date originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term.

 

22.6                         In the event of any damage or destruction to the Buildings or Premises by any peril covered by the provisions of this Article 22, it shall be Tenant’s responsibility to properly secure the Premises and, subject to applicable law, upon notice from Landlord to remove forthwith, at its sole cost and expense, such portion of all of the personal property belonging to Tenant or its licensees from such portion or all of the Buildings or Premises as Landlord shall request.

 

22.7                         In the event of any damage or destruction to the Buildings or the Premises such that Tenant is required to vacate a portion of the same, to the extent that Landlord has space available within Landlord’s other buildings in the Park of comparable size to the portion of the Premises so vacated by Tenant, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to provide Tenant with temporary space in such buildings upon terms and conditions mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant.

 

23.                                EMINENT DOMAIN .  If (a) all or any substantial part of the 20 Crosby Premises, the 22 Crosby Premises or the 28 Crosby Premises which shall materially adversely interfere with Tenant’s use of such Premises, or (b) all or any substantial portion of the Parking Facility (in the event that Landlord fails to provide substitute parking to Tenant that is reasonably acceptable to Tenant), shall be taken or appropriated by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain, or conveyance in lieu of such appropriation, either party to this Lease shall have the right, at its option, of giving the other, at any time within thirty (30) days after such taking, notice terminating this Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises affected by the taking only.  If neither party to this Lease shall so elect to terminate this Lease, the rental thereafter to be paid shall be adjusted on a fair and equitable basis under the circumstances.  In addition to the rights of Landlord above, if any substantial part of any Building shall be taken or appropriated by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain or conveyance in lieu thereof, and regardless of whether the Premises or any part thereof are so taken or appropriated, Landlord shall have the right, at its sole option, to terminate this Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises in the such Building only.  Landlord shall be entitled to any and all income, rent, award, or any interest whatsoever in or upon any such sum, which may be paid or made in connection with any such public or quasi-public use or purpose, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any interest it may have in or claim to all or any part of such sums, other than any separate award which may be made with respect to Tenant’s trade fixtures and moving expenses.  Tenant shall make no claim for the value of any unexpired Term.

 

24.                                SALE BY LANDLORD .  In event of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of all or any of the Buildings, the same shall operate to release Landlord from any future liability upon any of the covenants or conditions, expressed or implied, contained in this Lease in favor of Tenant with respect to the particular Building(s) sold, and in such event Tenant agrees to look solely to the responsibility of the successor in interest of Landlord in and to this Lease.  Except as set forth in this Article 24, this Lease

 

35



 

shall not be affected by any such sale and Tenant agrees to attorn to the purchaser or assignee.  If any security has been given by Tenant to secure the faithful performance of any of the covenants of this Lease, Landlord may transfer or deliver said security, as such, to Landlord’s successor in interest and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with regard to said security.  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord hereby covenants and agrees that (a) in no event shall Landlord sell, transfer or convey the 20 Crosby Building or the 22 Crosby Building to separate owners during the Term or any extension thereof exercised in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Lease, such that, at all times during the Term and any extension thereof exercised in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Lease, the 20 Crosby Building and the 22 Crosby Building shall remain owned by the same landlord, and (b) in the event that the 20 Crosby Building and the 22 Crosby Building are owned by persons or entities that are different than the persons or entities that own the 28 Crosby Building, then the 20 Crosby Building, the 22 Crosby Building and the 28 Crosby Building shall nonetheless be managed by the same property management company notwithstanding any such different ownership.

 

25.                                ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES . Tenant and Landlord agree, upon not less than ten (10) business days following any written request from the other, to execute, acknowledge and deliver to the requesting party (as applicable or any designee) a sworn statement in writing certifying:  (a) the date of commencement of this Lease; (b) the fact that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications to this Lease, that this Lease is in full force and effect, as modified, and stating the date and nature of such modifications); (c) the date to which the rent and other sums payable under this Lease have been paid; (d) the fact that there are no current defaults under this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant except as specified in such statement; and (e) such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the requesting party.  Landlord and Tenant intend that any statement delivered pursuant to this Article 25 may be relied upon by any mortgagee, beneficiary, purchaser, assignee or subtenant.  Tenant irrevocably agrees that if Tenant fails to execute and deliver such certificate within such ten (10) business day period Landlord or Landlord’s beneficiary or agent may execute and deliver such certificate on Tenant’s behalf, and that such certificate shall be fully binding on Tenant.

 

26.                                SURRENDER OF PREMISES .  26.1                                       Tenant shall arrange to meet Landlord for two (2) joint inspections of the Premises, the first to occur at least thirty (30) days (but no more than sixty (60) days) before the last day of the Term, and the second to occur not later than forty-eight (48) hours after Tenant has vacated the Premises.  In the event of Tenant’s failure to propose dates and times for such inspections, Landlord’s inspection at or after Tenant’s vacating the Premises shall be conclusively deemed correct for purposes of determining Tenant’s responsibility for repairs and restoration.

 

26.2                         All alterations, additions, and improvements in, on, or to the Premises or any portion thereof made or installed by or for Tenant, including, without limitation, carpeting (collectively, “Alterations”), shall be and remain the property of Tenant during the Term.  Upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, all Alterations shall become a part of the realty and shall belong to Landlord without compensation, and title shall pass to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale.  At the end of the Term or any renewal of the Term or other sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant will peaceably deliver up to Landlord possession of the Premises, together with all Alterations by whomsoever made, in the same conditions received or first installed, broom clean and free of all debris, excepting only ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord elects by notice given to Tenant pursuant to Section 6.3, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost, remove any such Alterations (excluding carpeting) so designated by Landlord’s notice, and repair any damage caused by such removal; provided, however, that, Tenant must, at Tenant’s sole cost,

 

36



 

remove upon termination of this Lease, any and all of Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, equipment, movable partitions of less than full height from floor to ceiling and other trade fixtures and personal property, as well as all data/telecommunications cabling and wiring installed by or on behalf of Tenant, whether inside walls, under any raised floor or above any ceiling (collectively, “Personalty”).  Personalty not so removed shall be deemed abandoned by the Tenant and title to the same shall thereupon pass to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale, but Tenant shall remain responsible for the cost of removal and disposal of such Personalty, as well as any damage caused by such removal.

 

26.3                         Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, all obligations of Tenant under this Lease not fully performed as of the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount, as estimated by Landlord, necessary to repair and restore the Premises as provided in this Lease and/or to discharge Tenant’s obligation for unpaid amounts due or to become due to Landlord.  All such amounts shall be used and held by Landlord for payment of such obligations of Tenant, with Tenant being liable for any additional costs upon demand by Landlord, or with any excess to be returned to Tenant after all such obligations have been determined and satisfied.  Any otherwise unused Security Deposit shall be credited against the amount payable by Tenant under this Lease.

 

27.                                NOTICES .  Any notice or document required or permitted to be delivered under this Lease shall be addressed to the intended recipient, by fully prepaid registered or certified United States Mail return receipt requested, or by reputable independent contract delivery service furnishing a written record of attempted or actual delivery, and shall be deemed to be delivered when tendered for delivery to the addressee at its address set forth on the Reference Pages, or at such other address as it has then last specified by written notice delivered in accordance with this Article 27, or if to Tenant at either its aforesaid address or its last known registered office or home of a general partner or individual owner, whether or not actually accepted or received by the addressee.  Any such notice or document may also be personally delivered if a receipt is signed by and receive from, the individual, if any, named in Tenant’s Notice Address.

 

28.                                TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT .  In addition to rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall reimburse to Landlord, upon demand, any and all taxes payable by Landlord (other than net income taxes) whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties to this Lease:  (a) upon, allocable to, or measured by or on the gross or net rent payable under this Lease, including without limitation any gross income tax or excise tax levied by the State, any political subdivision thereof, or the Federal Government with respect to the receipt of such rent; (b) upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof, including any sales, use or service tax imposed as a result thereof; (c) upon or measured by Tenant’s gross receipts or payroll or the value of Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property of Tenant or leasehold improvements, alterations or additions located in the Premises; or (d) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring any interest of Tenant in this Lease or the Premises.  In addition to the foregoing, Tenant agrees to pay, before delinquency, any and all taxes levied or assessed against Tenant and which become payable during the term hereof upon Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property of Tenant located in the Premises.

 

29.                                INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

37



 

30.                                PARKING .  30.1                            Tenant shall have the right to use, at no additional cost or expense to Tenant, for the initial Term or any extension thereof, the number and type of parking spaces as set forth on the Reference Pages of this Lease.  Except with respect to the Exclusive Parking Spaces, this right to park in the parking lots and other parking facilities within the Park (collectively, the “Parking Facility”) shall be on an unreserved, nonexclusive, “first come, first served basis,” for passenger-size automobiles in the Parking Facility, subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

30.1.1               Tenant shall at all times abide by and shall cause each of Tenant’s employees, agents, customers, visitors, invitees, licensees, contractors, assignees and subtenants (collectively, “Tenant’s Parties”) to abide by any rules and regulations (“Rules”) for use of the Parking Facility that Landlord or Landlord’s Parking Facility operator reasonably establishes from time to time, and otherwise agrees to use the Parking Facility in a safe and lawful manner.  Landlord reserves the right to adopt, modify and enforce the Rules governing the use of the Parking Facility from time to time including any key-card, sticker or other identification or entrance system and hours of operation.  Landlord may refuse to permit any person who violates such Rules to park in the Parking Facility, and any violation of the Rules shall subject the car to removal from the Parking Facility.

 

30.1.2               Unless specified to the contrary in Section 30.1 above, the parking spaces hereunder shall be provided on a non-designated “first-come, first-served” basis.  Landlord reserves the right to assign specific spaces, and to reserve spaces for visitors, small cars, disabled persons or for other tenants or guests, and Tenant shall not park and shall not allow Tenant’s Parties to park in any such assigned or reserved spaces.  Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method as Landlord may approve, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking.  Tenant acknowledges that the Parking Facility may be temporarily closed entirely or in part in order to make repairs or perform maintenance services, or to alter, modify, re-stripe or renovate the Parking Facility, or if required by casualty or any other Force Majeure Event.  In the event of a closing of the Parking Facility for more than three (3) consecutive business days, and subject to the exclusive rights of other tenants, subtenants, licensees and other occupants of the Park with respect to any designated or reserved parking spaces that such parties are entitled to pursuant to separate agreements with Landlord, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Tenant with reasonable substitute parking within the Park or such other locations which are reasonably acceptable to Landlord and Tenant.

 

30.1.3               Tenant acknowledges that to the fullest extent permitted by law, Landlord shall have no liability for any damage to property or other items located in the parking areas of the Parcel (including without limitation, any loss or damage to tenant’s automobile or the contents thereof due to theft, vandalism or accident), nor for any personal injuries or death arising out of the use of the Parking Facility by Tenant or any of its employees unless such loss or damage results directly from Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct.  Except as otherwise set forth in the preceding sentences in this Section 30.1.3, Tenant and its employees hereby voluntarily release, discharge, waive and relinquish any and all actions or causes of action for personal injury or property damage occurring to Tenant or any of Tenant’s employees arising as a result of parking in the Parking Facility, or any activities incidental thereto, wherever or however the same may occur, and further agree that neither Tenant nor any of its employees will prosecute any claim for personal injury or property damage against Landlord or any of its officers, agents, servants or employees for any said causes of action and in all events, Tenant and its employees agree to look first to Tenant’s insurance carrier and to require that Tenant’s employees look first to their respective insurance carriers for payment of any losses sustained in connection with any use of the Parking Facility.  Tenant hereby waives on behalf of its insurance carriers all rights of subrogation against Landlord or Landlord’s agents.

 

38



 

30.2                         Except as otherwise required by applicable law, Landlord shall not reduce the width of any of the parking spaces in the Parking Facility that exist as of the Lease Reference Date during the Term.  Tenant shall not be in default under this Lease unless Tenant Entities park more than four (4) vehicles in the Parking Facility per one thousand (1,000) rentable square feet of the Premises being leased by Tenant at such time.

 

31.                                DEFINED TERMS AND HEADINGS .  The Article headings shown in this Lease are for convenience of reference and shall in no way define, increase, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provision of this Lease.  The terms “Tenant” and “Landlord” or any pronoun used in place thereof shall indicate and include the masculine or feminine, the singular or plural number, individuals, firms or corporations, and each of their respective successors, executors, administrators and permitted assigns, according to the context hereof.  The term “rentable area” shall mean the rentable area of the Premises or the applicable Building as calculated by the Landlord on the basis of the plans and specifications of the applicable Building including a proportionate share of any Common Areas.  Tenant hereby accepts and agrees to be bound by the figures for the rentable square footage of the Premises and Tenant’s Proportionate Shares shown on the Reference Pages; however, Landlord may adjust either or both figures if there is manifest error, addition or subtraction to the applicable Building or the Park, or remeasurement or other circumstance reasonably justifying adjustment.  The term “Building” in each applicable instance refers to the structure in which the 20 Crosby Premises, the 22 Crosby Premises or the 28 Crosby Premises, as applicable, are located.

 

32.                                TENANT’S AUTHORITY .  If Tenant signs as a corporation, partnership, trust or other legal entity each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant has been and is qualified to do business in the state in which the Park is located, that the entity has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that all persons signing on behalf of the entity were authorized to do so by appropriate actions.  This Lease shall be signed by the President and Treasurer of the Tenant.

 

Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant, nor any persons or entities holding any legal or beneficial interest whatsoever in Tenant, are (i) the target of any sanctions program that is established by Executive Order of the President or published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”); (ii) designated by the President or OFAC pursuant to the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App.  § 5, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-06, the Patriot Act, Public Law 107-56, Executive Order 13224 (September 23, 2001) or any Executive Order of the President issued pursuant to such statutes; or (iii) named on the following list that is published by OFAC: “List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons.”  If the foregoing representation is untrue at any time during the Term, an Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred, without the necessity of notice to Tenant.

 

33.                                FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND CREDIT REPORTS .  Unless the Tenant hereunder is a publicly traded company with publicly available financial statements, (a) at Landlord’s request, but not more often than once in any calendar year (except in the case of a sale, financing or refinancing of the Building when no such limitation shall apply), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy, certified by an officer of Tenant as being a true and correct copy, of Tenant’s most recent audited financial statement, or, if unaudited, certified by Tenant’s chief financial officer as being true, complete and correct in all material respects, and (b) Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to obtain one or more credit reports on Tenant at any time, and shall execute such further authorizations as Landlord may reasonably require in order to obtain a credit report.

 

39



 

34.                                COMMISSIONS .  Each of the parties represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or finder in connection with this Lease, except as described on the Reference Pages.

 

35.                                TIME AND APPLICABLE LAW .  Time is of the essence of this Lease and all of its provisions.  This Lease shall in all respects be governed by the laws of the state in which the Park is located.

 

36.                                SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS .  Subject to the provisions of Article 9, the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the parties to this Lease.

 

37.                                ENTIRE AGREEMENT .  This Lease, together with its exhibits, contains all agreements of the parties to this Lease and supersedes any previous negotiations.  There have been no representations made by the Landlord or any of its representatives or understandings made between the parties other than those set forth in this Lease and its exhibits.  This Lease may not be modified except by a written instrument duly executed by the parties to this Lease.

 

38.                                EXAMINATION NOT OPTION .  Submission of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a reservation of the Premises.  Landlord shall not be bound by this Lease until it has received a copy of this Lease duly executed by Tenant and has delivered to Tenant a copy of this Lease duly executed by Landlord, and until such delivery Landlord reserves the right to exhibit and lease the Premises to other prospective tenants.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord may withhold delivery of possession of the Premises from Tenant until such time as Tenant has paid to Landlord any security deposit required by Article 5, the first month’s rent as set forth in Article 3 and any sum owed pursuant to this Lease.

 

39.                                RECORDATION .  Tenant agrees not to record this Lease, but, simultaneously with their execution of this Lease, Landlord and Tenant shall execute a notice of lease in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit I which may be recorded by Tenant with the Middlesex South District Registry of Deeds (the “Registry”) at its sole cost and expense.  In no event shall such document set forth the rent payable by Tenant hereunder and any such document shall expressly state that it is executed pursuant to the provisions contained in this Lease, and is not intended to vary the terms and conditions of this Lease.  At Landlord’s request, promptly upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a release of any document recorded with the Registry evidencing this Lease, and Tenant hereby appoints Landlord Tenant’s attorney-in-fact, coupled with an interest, to execute any such document and record the same with the Registry at Tenant’s sole cost and expense if Tenant fails to respond to Landlord’s request to do so within ten (10) days.  The obligations of Tenant under this Article 39 shall survive the expiration or any earlier termination of the Term.

 

40.                                OPTION TO EXTEND.   Provided that this Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default under any of the material terms and conditions of this Lease at the time of notification and commencement beyond applicable notice and cure periods, if any, at the time of notification and commencement, then Tenant shall have the option (the “First Extension Option”) for each such Premises to extend the Term of this Lease on up to one hundred percent (100%) of the Premises for a period of five (5) years (the “First Extension Term”), commencing on the day immediately following the original Termination Date and expiring on the five (5) year anniversary of the original Termination Date (the “First Extension Term Termination Date”), for the portion of the 20 Crosby Premises, the 22 Crosby

 

40



 

Premises and/or the 28 Crosby Premises then being leased by Tenant as of the date the First Extension Term is to commence, on the same terms and conditions as set forth in this Lease, except as modified by the terms, covenants and conditions as set forth hereinbelow:

 

40.1.1               If Tenant elects to exercise the First Extension Option with respect to the 20 Crosby Premises, the 22 Crosby Premises and/or the 28 Crosby Premises, then Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice no earlier than the date which is fifteen (15) months prior to the original Termination Date, but no later than the date which is twelve (12) months prior to the original Termination Date.  If Tenant fails to timely provide such written notice, Tenant shall have no further or additional right to extend the Term of the Lease for the First Extension Term.

 

40.1.2               The Annual Rent and Monthly Installment in effect as of the day immediately preceding the Termination Date shall be adjusted to reflect the current Fair Market Rent for the applicable Premises as of the date the First Extension Term is to commence.  The “Fair Market Rent” shall mean the arm’s length fair market annual rental rate per rentable square foot under leases entered into on an as-is basis to private sector tenants for a comparable term on or about the date on which the fair market rent is being determined for space comparable to the applicable Premises in the applicable Building and in office buildings comparable to such Building in the immediate vicinity of the Park, taking into account all relevant factors, including without limitation, the adjustment of tax and operating expense base years, as applicable, tenant improvement allowances and any concessions then being offered in the marketplace for space of comparable size, quality and location.  Landlord shall advise Tenant of its determination of Fair Market Rent for the applicable Premises for which Tenant has exercised the First Extension Option no later than thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s written request therefor.  Said request shall be made no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the first date on which Tenant may exercise its First Extension Option under this Section 40.1.  If Tenant and Landlord are unable to agree on a mutually acceptable Fair Market Rent not later than sixty (60) days prior to the Termination Date, then the parties shall proceed with the following procedures and requirements (the “Appraiser’s Determination”):  Landlord and Tenant shall, within ten (10) additional days,  each select an appraiser who shall be a member of the M.A.I. or Counselor’s of Real Estate (CRE) (or successor professional organizations) and shall have at least ten (10) years experience appraising rental values of property in the same rental market area whereupon each of said appraisers shall, within five (5) days of their selection hereunder, select a third appraiser with the foregoing qualifications and the majority shall decide upon the Fair Market Rent which determination shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant.  Landlord and Tenant shall share equally the expense of any and all appraisers.  The appraiser(s) shall be obligated to make a determination of Fair Market Rent within thirty (30) days following the appointment of the third appraiser.

 

40.1.3               This First Extension Option is not transferable; the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that they intend that the aforesaid First Extension Option shall be “personal” to Aspen Technology, Inc. and any Permitted Transferee as set forth above and that in no event will any other assignee or sublessee have any rights to exercise the aforesaid First Extension Option.

 

40.2                         Provided that this Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default under any of the material terms and conditions of this Lease at the time of notification and commencement beyond applicable notice and cure periods, if any, at the time of notification and commencement, then Tenant shall have the option (the “Second Extension Option”) for each such Premises to extend the Term of this Lease on up to one hundred percent (100%) of the Premises for a period of five (5) years (the “Second Extension Term”), commencing on the day immediately following the First Extension Term

 

41



 

Termination Date and expiring on the five (5) year anniversary of the First Extension Term Termination Date, for the portion of the 20 Crosby Premises, the 22 Crosby Premises and/or the 28 Crosby Premises then being leased by Tenant as of the date the Second Extension Term is to commence, on the same terms and conditions as set forth in this Lease, except as modified by the terms, covenants and conditions as set forth hereinbelow:

 

40.2.1               If Tenant elects to exercise the Second Extension Option with respect to the 20 Crosby Premises, the 22 Crosby Premises and/or the 28 Crosby Premises, then Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice no earlier than the date which is fifteen (15) months prior to the First Extension Term Termination Date, but no later than the date which is twelve (12) months prior to the First Extension Term Termination Date.  If Tenant fails to timely provide such written notice, Tenant shall have no further or additional right to extend the Term of the Lease for the Second Extension Term.

 

40.2.2               The Annual Rent and Monthly Installment in effect as of the day immediately preceding the First Extension Term Termination Date shall be adjusted to reflect the current Fair Market Rent for the applicable Premises as of the date the Second Extension Term is to commence.  Landlord shall advise Tenant of its determination of Fair Market Rent for the applicable Premises for which Tenant has exercised the Second Extension Option no later than thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s written request therefor.  Said request shall be made no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the first date on which Tenant may exercise its Second Extension Option under this Section 40.2.  If Tenant and Landlord are unable to agree on a mutually acceptable Fair Market Rent not later than sixty (60) days prior to the Termination Date, then Landlord and Tenant shall proceed with an Appraiser’s Determination.

 

40.2.3               This Second Extension Option is not transferable; the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that they intend that the aforesaid Second Extension Option shall be “personal” to Aspen Technology, Inc. and any Permitted Transferee as set forth above and that in no event will any other assignee or sublessee have any rights to exercise the aforesaid Second Extension Option.

 

41.                                LIMITATION OF LANDLORD’S LIABILITY .  Redress for any claim against Landlord under this Lease shall be limited to and enforceable only against and to the extent of Landlord’s interest in the applicable Building giving rise to such claim, any insurance carried by Landlord for such Building, any eminent domain award regarding the Park, any rent payable by the tenants of the Park or such Building, and/or any sale proceeds from the sale of all or any portion of the Park, for the enforcement of a judgment (or other judicial decree) requiring the payment of money by Landlord to Tenant by reason of default, breach or event of default of Landlord in performance of its obligations under this Lease or Landlord’s negligence.  The obligations of Landlord under this Lease are not intended to be and shall not be personally binding on, nor shall any resort be had to the private properties of, any of its or its investment manager’s trustees, directors, officers, partners, beneficiaries, members, stockholders, employees, or agents, and in no case shall Landlord be liable to Tenant hereunder for any lost profits, damage to business, or any form of special, indirect or consequential damages.  The obligations of Tenant under this Lease are not intended to be and shall not be personally binding on, nor shall any resort be had to the private properties of, any of its trustees, directors, officers, partners, beneficiaries, members, stockholders, employees, or agents, and in no case shall Tenant be liable to Landlord hereunder for any lost profits, damage to business, or any form of special, indirect or consequential damages except as set forth in Article 14.

 

42



 

42.                                TERMINATION OPTION .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Article 42, Tenant shall have the one-time option (the “Termination Option”), exercisable by written notice to Landlord (the “Termination Notice”) given no later than twelve (12) months prior to the Early Termination Date (as hereinafter defined) (the “Termination Option Deadline”), to terminate the Lease Term as of the last day of the ninety-sixth (96 th ) full month of the Lease Term (the “Early Termination Date”), time being of the essence with respect thereto.  In connection with its exercise of the Termination Option, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a “Termination Fee” equal to the sum of (a) the unamortized amount of the Allowance, the Entrance Work Allowance and brokers’ commissions paid by Landlord in connection with this Lease based upon an interest factor of eight percent (8%) per annum for such amortization calculation, and (b) the amount of Monthly Base Rent payable by Tenant as of the Early Termination Date multiplied by six (6), which Termination Fee totals Four Million One Hundred Forty Thousand Eight Hundred Forty-Six and 10/100 Dollars ($4,140,846.10).  The Termination Fee shall be paid by Tenant at the time of delivery of the Termination Notice.  If Tenant fails to (i) timely exercise the Termination Option in accordance with the provisions of this Article 42, or (ii) timely deliver to Landlord the Termination Fee, then the Termination Option and this Article 42 shall be null and void and without further force and effect.  Tenant’s right to terminate this Lease as set forth herein is conditioned upon (A) no Event of Default having occurred either on or before the date the Termination Notice is delivered to Landlord or the Early Termination Date, (B) this Lease being in full force and effect on the date the Termination Notice is delivered to Landlord and on the day immediately preceding the Early Termination Date, (C) Aspen Technology, Inc. leasing the entire Premises from the Expansion Premises Commencement Date through the date of Landlord’s receipt of the Termination Notice, and (D) Landlord having received the Termination Fee when required as aforesaid.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 42, if Tenant timely exercises the Termination Option and thereafter an Event of Default occurs (other than a default described in Section 18.1.2, which shall not entitle Landlord to nullify the exercise of the Termination Option as set forth herein), then Landlord may elect to nullify the exercise of the Termination Option by giving written notice thereof to Tenant on or before the Early Termination Date.  If Landlord elects to nullify Tenant’s Termination Option subject to the foregoing provisions, then Landlord shall deduct any costs incurred or damages sustained by Landlord as a result of the Tenant’s Event of Default from the Termination Fee (including, without limitation, any outstanding Annual Rent, additional rent, and/or other amounts due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder) and return to Tenant the balance of the Termination Fee together with a reasonably detailed accounting of the portion of the Termination Fee retained by Landlord.  Should Tenant effectively exercise its Termination Option as set forth herein, (1) the Term of this Lease shall automatically terminate on the Early Termination Date, with all the terms and conditions of this Lease, including, without limitation, the obligation to pay Annual Rent and the Monthly Installment of Rent, remaining in full force and effect until the Early Termination Date, and (2) Tenant shall relinquish, yield up and surrender the Premises on the Early Termination Date in accordance with the provisions of this Lease.

 

43.                                RIGHTS OF FIRST OFFER .

 

43.1                         Provided that Tenant is not then in default under any of the material terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease at the time it exercises any of the following rights set forth in this Section 43.1 and at the time the 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space (as hereinafter defined) is to be added to the original 22 Crosby Premises, Tenant shall have the right (the “22 Crosby Right of First Offer”) to lease all (but not a portion) of the approximately 17,268 rentable square feet of space located on the first (1 st ) floor of the 22 Crosby Building as shown on Exhibit H-1 attached hereto (the “22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space”) at such time as the 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space becomes available for lease.  In

 

43



 

such event, Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant of the availability of the 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space and the terms and conditions on which Landlord intends to offer it to the public and Tenant shall have a period of ten (10) business days thereafter in which to exercise Tenant’s right to lease the 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space pursuant to the terms and conditions contained in Landlord’s notice (except as otherwise provided herein), failing which Landlord may lease the 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space to any third party on whatever basis Landlord desires and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect to such 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space; provided, however, if Landlord does not execute a lease agreement with any such third party for such 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space within two hundred seventy (270) days following the date on which Tenant declines in writing to rent such 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space or the date on which such ten (10) business day period lapses, as applicable, then Tenant’s 22 Crosby Right of First Offer with respect to such 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space shall be deemed to have been automatically reinstated and the foregoing procedures with respect to such 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space shall once again be applicable.  If Tenant exercises its 22 Crosby Right of First Offer in a timely manner, time being of the essence with respect thereto, then, effective as of the date that Landlord delivers the 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space to Tenant (the “22 Crosby Delivery Date”), the 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space shall automatically be included within the 22 Crosby Premises and subject to all the terms and conditions of this Lease (including the length of Term then remaining), except as set forth in Landlord’s notice and as follows:

 

a.                                             The Annual Rent and Monthly Installment for the 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space shall be the current Fair Market Rent.  If Tenant disagrees that the Annual Rent and Monthly Installment set forth in Landlord’s notice is the Fair Market Rent for the 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space and Tenant and Landlord are unable to agree on a mutually acceptable rental rate not later than sixty (60) days prior to the beginning of the term for the 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space, then Landlord and Tenant shall proceed with a Broker’s Determination.

 

b.                                          Tenant’s Proportionate Share for the 22 Crosby Premises shall be recalculated, using the total rentable square footage of the 22 Crosby Premises, as increased by the 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space.

 

c.                                              Landlord shall be responsible for any demising costs required to include the 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space in the 22 Crosby Premises.

 

d.                                             If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall, prior to the beginning of the term for the 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space, execute a written memorandum confirming the inclusion of the 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space and the Annual Rent for the 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space; however, the failure to so execute shall not limit the obligations of Tenant with respect thereto.

 

e.                                              Provided that there remains at least sixty (60) months left on the current Term as of the 22 Crosby Delivery Date, Tenant shall lease the 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space for the then remaining Term; otherwise, Tenant shall lease the 22 Crosby Right of First Offer Space for the term set forth in Landlord’s notice.

 

43.2                         Provided that Tenant is not then in default under any of the material terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease at the time it exercises any of the following rights set forth in this Section 43.2

 

44



 

and at the time the 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space (as hereinafter defined) is to be added to the original 28 Crosby Premises, and (c) there remains at least twelve (12) months left on the then current Term, Tenant shall have the right (the “28 Crosby Right of First Offer”) to lease all (but not a portion except as specifically set forth below) of the approximately 30,000 rentable square feet of space located on the second (2 nd ) floor and approximately 60,000 rentable square feet of space located on the first (1 st ) floor of the 28 Crosby Building as shown on Exhibit H-2 attached hereto (the “28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space”) at such time as the 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space becomes available for lease.  In such event, Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant of the availability of the 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space and the terms and conditions on which Landlord intends to offer it to the public and Tenant shall have a period of ten (10) business days thereafter in which to exercise Tenant’s right to lease the 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space pursuant to the terms and conditions contained in Landlord’s notice (except as otherwise provided herein), failing which Landlord may lease the 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space to any third party on whatever basis Landlord desires and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect to such 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space; provided, however, if Landlord does not execute a lease agreement with any such third party for such 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space within two hundred seventy (270) days following the date on which Tenant declines in writing to rent such 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space or the date on which such ten (10) business day period lapses, as applicable, then Tenant’s 28 Crosby Right of First Offer with respect to such 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space shall be deemed to have been automatically reinstated and the foregoing procedures with respect to such 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space shall once again be applicable.  If Tenant exercises its 28 Crosby Right of First Offer in a timely manner, time being of the essence with respect thereto, then, effective as of the date that Landlord delivers the 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space to Tenant (the “28 Crosby Delivery Date”), the 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space shall automatically be included within the 28 Crosby Premises and subject to all the terms and conditions of this Lease, except as set forth in Landlord’s notice and as follows:

 

a.                                             The Annual Rent and Monthly Installment for the 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space shall be the current Fair Market Rent.  If Tenant disagrees that the Annual Rent and Monthly Installment set forth in Landlord’s notice is the Fair Market Rent for the 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space and Tenant and Landlord are unable to agree on a mutually acceptable rental rate not later than sixty (60) days prior to the beginning of the term for the 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space, then Landlord and Tenant shall proceed with an Appraiser’s Determination.

 

b.                                          Tenant’s Proportionate Share for the 28 Crosby Premises shall be recalculated, using the total rentable square footage of the 28 Crosby Premises, as increased by the 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space.

 

c.                                              Provided that there remain at least sixty (60) months left on the current Term as of the 28 Crosby Delivery Date, Tenant shall lease the 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space for the then remaining Term; otherwise, Tenant shall lease the 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space for the term set forth in Landlord’s notice.

 

d.                                             Landlord shall be responsible for any demising costs required to include the 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space in the 28 Crosby Premises.

 

e.                                              If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall, prior to the beginning of the term for the 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space, execute a written memorandum confirming

 

45



 

the inclusion of the 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space and the Annual Rent for the 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space however, the failure to so execute shall not limit the obligations of Tenant with respect thereto.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Tenant shall have the right to elect by notice to Landlord within the ten (10) business day period provided for above to lease, instead of the entire 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Premises, only the approximately 30,000 rentable square feet of space located on the second (2 nd ) floor of the 28 Crosby Building as shown on Exhibit H-3 attached hereto (the “28 Crosby Second Floor Right of First Offer Space”), in which event the foregoing provisions shall apply to the 28 Crosby Second Floor Right of First Offer Space and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect to the balance of the 28 Crosby Right of First Offer Space.

 

43.3                         Tenant hereby acknowledges that its rights pursuant to this Article 43 are subject to the extension and renewal rights of Data Intensity, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, that are in effect as of the Lease Reference Date.

 

44.                                INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

 

45.                                LANDLORD REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .  Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant, as an inducement to Tenant to enter into this Lease, that:  (a) Landlord has the right and authority to enter into this Lease and grant Tenant possession of the Premises and the other rights set forth herein, (b)  Landlord is the fee simple owner of the Parcel, and (c) Landlord has good and marketable title to the Premises and there are no restrictive covenants, exclusive use provisions in other leases, or other agreements which Landlord is a party to, or that Landlord is otherwise aware of, that will interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Uses.

 

46.                                SPACE MEASUREMENT .  The Premises leased by Tenant hereunder from time to time (including, without limitation, as of the Commencement Date and the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, and any Additional Space, to the extent applicable) and the Buildings within which any such Premises’ are located from time to time shall be measured in accordance with the Building Owners and Managers Association (BOMA) standard method of floor measurement (ANSI/BOMA 265.1-1996) for single and multi-tenanted buildings to define all building and floor measurements on both a rentable and useable basis.

 

47.                                SATELLITE DISH .  Tenant shall have the right, during the Term and any extensions thereof, and so long as Tenant is in occupancy of at least forty percent (40%) of the Building upon which the same is installed, to install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, one (1) satellite dish on the roof of each of the 20 Crosby Building, the 22 Crosby Building, and the 28 Crosby Building (each, a “Satellite Dish,” and collectively, the “Satellite Dishes”) for its own use, but such installation may occur only after Landlord has approved, in writing, of the location and means of installation of each Satellite Dish.  In any event, Tenant shall not use more than one hundred (100) square feet of each Building’s usable roof area in connection with its installation and use of the Satellite Dish on such roof.  Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to obtain any and all necessary and required permits and approvals from any and all applicable governmental authorities in connection with the installation and use of any of the Satellite Dishes and shall (a) at all times comply with any and all such permits and approvals, (b) comply with the provisions of this Lease, including without limitation, Articles 6 and 7 above in connection with its installation of any of the Satellite Dishes, and (c) restore each roof to its prior condition upon Tenant’s removal of any of the Satellite Dishes at the expiration or earlier

 

46



 

termination of this Lease in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Lease, including without limitation, Articles 6 and 7 above.  Tenant’s installation and use of any Satellite Dish shall not at any time (i) affect the waterproofing of the roof upon which it is installed, (ii) be visible from any public way, or (iii) cause any interference with (w) the operating or mechanical systems of the Building upon which it is installed or any other buildings in the Park, (x) the operations of any tenant or other occupant in the Building upon which it is installed or in any other building in the Park, (y) any preinstalled telecommunications equipment in or on the Building upon which it is situated, or (z) any future telecommunications equipment (1) of any telecommunications service provider which makes its services available generally to the tenants or occupants of the Building upon which it is situated or any other buildings in the Park for a fee, or (2) serving a larger portion of the Building than the Premises.  Tenant shall also cooperate with any rooftop management policy and any telecommunications management policy which Landlord may implement for the Building upon which any such Satellite Dish is situated.  Tenant shall not be charged any additional rent as a result of the installation of any such Satellite Dishes, unless Landlord’s insurance increases as a result of such installation or Tenant damages any portion of the Buildings or the roofs in connection with such installation.

 

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

47



 

LANDLORD:

TENANT:

 

 

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., a Maryland corporation

 

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

RREEF America, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its Authorized Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David F. Crane

 

By:

/s/ Antonio Pietri

Name:

David F. Crane

 

Name:

Antonio Pietri

Title:

Vice President

 

Title:

President & Chief Executive Officer

Dated: :

January 27, 2014

 

Dated:

January 24, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Roger Kuebel

 

 

Name:

Roger Kuebel

 

 

Title:

Treasurer

 

 

Dated:

January 22, 2014

 

48



 

EXHIBIT A-1 — FLOOR PLAN DEPICTING THE 20 CROSBY PREMISES

 

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the

Lease Reference Date of January 27, 2014 between

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC., as Tenant

 

Exhibit A-1 is intended only to show the general layout of the 20 Crosby Premises as of the Lease Reference Date.  It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord’s rights set forth in Article 17 with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the 20 Crosby Building and changes in such arrangements and/or locations or the space measurement methodology set forth in Article 46.  It is not to be scaled; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate.

 

[See Attached]

 

A-1-1



 

EXHIBIT A-2 — FLOOR PLAN DEPICTING THE 28 CROSBY PREMISES

 

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the

Lease Reference Date of January 27, 2014 between

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC., as Tenant

 

Exhibit A-2 is intended only to show the general layout of the 28 Crosby Premises as of the Lease Reference Date.  It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord’s rights set forth in Article 17 with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the 28 Crosby Building and changes in such arrangements and/or locations or the space measurement methodology set forth in Article 46.  It is not to be scaled; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate.

 

[See Attached]

 

A-2-1



 

EXHIBIT A-3 — FLOOR PLAN DEPICTING THE 22 CROSBY PREMISES

 

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the

Lease Reference Date of January 27, 2014 between

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC., as Tenant

 

Exhibit A-3 is intended only to show the general layout of the 22 Crosby Premises as of the Lease Reference Date.  It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord’s rights set forth in Article 17 with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the 22 Crosby Building and changes in such arrangements and/or locations or the space measurement methodology set forth in Article 46.  It is not to be scaled; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate.

 

[See Attached]

 

A-3-1



 

EXHIBIT A-4 — SITE PLAN

 

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the

Lease Reference Date of January 27, 2014 between

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC., as Tenant

 

Exhibit A-4 is intended only to show the general location of the Buildings as of the Lease Reference Date.  It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord’s rights set forth in Article 17 with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the Buildings and changes in such arrangements and/or locations or the space measurement methodology set forth in Article 46.  It is not to be scaled; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate.

 

[See Attached]

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

A-4-1



 

EXHIBIT B — INITIAL ALTERATIONS

 

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the

Lease Reference Date of January 27, 2014 between

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC., as Tenant

 

1.                                       Landlord’s Work .  In relation to the construction of improvements and alterations in the Premises prior to Tenant’s occupancy thereof, the “Landlord’s Work” shall be that work set forth on the Tenant’s Plans (as hereinafter defined) which shall be based on the concept plans to be provided by Tenant to Landlord on or before January 31, 2014.  Landlord shall construct at Landlord’s sole cost and expense up to an amount not to exceed the Allowance in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Exhibit B and the Lease, but which shall not include furnishings or any data/telecommunications cabling, wiring or systems required by Tenant for the Premises (collectively, “Tenant’s Tel/Data Work”).  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Exhibit B , Tenant shall contract with its vendors and contractors (collectively, “Tenant’s Tel/Data Contractors”) directly for the performance of the Tenant’s Tel/Data Work and shall be entirely responsible for the costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith and for all costs of Tenant’s furnishings.  In addition to the Landlord’s Work, prior to Tenant’s occupancy of the Pre-Expansion Premises, Landlord shall (a) at Landlord’s cost and expense, subject to the Entrance Work Allowance (as hereinafter defined), perform certain work relating to the entrance areas at the 20 Crosby Building based on the concept plans attached hereto as Schedule I hereto (the “Entrance Work”), and (b) at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, perform the work set forth on Schedule II hereto (collectively, the “Base Building Work” and together with the Landlord’s Work and the Entrance Work, collectively, the “Work”).

 

2.                                       Plans and Specifications .

 

2.1                                Tenant shall prepare, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, subject to the Allowance and the Tenant’s Plan Allowance (as hereinafter defined), and in accordance with the requirements set forth in Schedule III attached hereto, all architectural, mechanical, and electrical plans and specifications relating to the construction of the Landlord’s Work and the Entrance Work (collectively, the “Tenant’s Plans”), first in preliminary form (collectively, the “Preliminary Plans”), and thereafter in working form (collectively, the “Working Drawings”), which Tenant’s Plans shall be furnished to Landlord for Landlord’s review and approval and which Preliminary Plans shall be delivered to Landlord on or before May 1, 2014.  Tenant shall hire Spagnolo Gisness & Associates (“SGA”) for the preparation of Tenant’s Plans.

 

2.2                                Upon submittal of any portion of the Tenant’s Plans, Landlord shall review the Tenant’s Plans and shall either approve the Tenant’s Plans or advise Tenant in writing of any aspect of the design, engineering, construction or installation which is not acceptable to Landlord based on the exercise of Landlord’s reasonable discretion.  Landlord shall advise Tenant of its approval or comments on the Tenant’s Plans within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of the Tenant’s Plans.  In the event that Landlord shall disapprove of any portion of the Tenant’s Plans, Tenant shall have five (5) business days after Landlord’s notification of its disapproval to revise the Tenant’s Plans and resubmit them to Landlord.  In the event Landlord fails to approve or disapprove the Tenant’s Plans or any changes thereto within the time period set forth above, and if such failure continues thereafter for five (5)

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

B-1



 

business days after Landlord’s receipt of notice from Tenant requesting action on the Tenant’s Plans, the Tenant’s Plans or the changes shall be deemed to be approved.

 

2.3                                After approval of the Tenant’s Plans or any portion thereof, Tenant shall not in any way modify, revise or change such Tenant’s Plans without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  If Landlord approves such request, the entire cost of such change, including, without limitation, the cost of revising the Tenant’s Plans or preparing new plans, shall be borne by Tenant and any delay occasioned thereby shall not delay the Commencement Date. All Work shall be performed by Landlord (or its Contractor (as hereinafter defined) or such Contractor’s subcontractors) in accordance with the Tenant’s Plans, and there shall be no material change orders to the Work that materially deviate from the Tenant’s Plans without Tenant’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

2.4                                It shall be Tenant’s responsibility that the Tenant’s Plans comply with all applicable governmental and municipal laws, codes and regulations.  Landlord shall ensure that the Base Building Work complies with all applicable governmental and municipal laws, codes and regulations.

 

2.5                                Provided this Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Landlord hereby agrees to pay to Tenant toward the cost of the preparation of Tenant’s Plans an amount equal to the lesser of:  (a) the actual cost of the preparation of Tenant’s Plans; or (b) Eleven Thousand Four Hundred Thirteen and 84/100 Dollars ($11,413.84) (the “Tenant’s Plan Allowance”).  Within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s request, Landlord shall pay to Tenant the Tenant’s Plan Allowance; provided, that, Landlord shall have finally approved Tenant’s Plans and Tenant has submitted documentation reasonably satisfactory to Landlord evidencing the cost of such Tenant’s Plans.  Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that in the event that the cost of Tenant’s Plans exceeds the amount of the Tenant’s Plan Allowance, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the amount of such excess.

 

3.                                       Construction .

 

3.1                                Landlord agrees to cause the Work to be constructed by Landlord’s general contractor, Erland Construction (the “Contractor”), and Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that it has approved Erland Construction as the Contractor.  Landlord will obtain at least three (3) competitive bids for all Major Trades (as hereinafter defined), all of which shall be mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, each acting promptly and reasonably.  For the purposes of this Lease, “Major Trades” shall include the following: mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire protection, finished carpentry or millwork, drywall, and flooring.  Except as otherwise expressly set forth on Schedule II hereto, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts (which shall include, without limitation, working continuously during normal working hours) to complete (a) the Landlord’s Work for the Pre-Expansion Premises, the Base Building Work (except as otherwise set forth on Schedule II hereto) and the Entrance Work by the Scheduled Commencement Date, and (b) the Landlord’s Work for the Expansion Premises and any Base Building Work relating exclusively to the Expansion Premises (as set forth on Schedule II hereto) by the Expansion Premises Scheduled Commencement Date, subject to delays caused by any Force Majeure Events and/or Tenant Delay.  The estimated schedule for Landlord’s Work is as follows:

 

Lease fully executed:

 

The Lease Reference Date

HVAC Units ordered (by Landlord):

 

January 24, 2014

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

B-2



 

Demo Permit Drawings (20 Crosby):

 

March 19, 2014

SGA issues Preliminary Plans (interior & exterior):

 

May 1, 2014

SGA issues Working Drawings:

 

May 15, 2014

Building Permit issued:

 

June 1, 2014

Construction starts:

 

June 1, 2014

Move in ready:

 

November 1, 2014

 

3.2                                All Work to be performed by Landlord (or its Contractor or its Contractor’s subcontractors) pursuant to this Exhibit B , shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all applicable laws and all ordinances, regulations and orders of any applicable governmental authority.  Tenant (or its representatives) may inspect the Work at reasonable times and shall promptly give notice of observed material defects.  Notice of said material defects shall be in writing and, so long as SGA agrees in writing that such defects must be rectified, Landlord shall rectify such defects, as the case may be, on or before the date that the Work is substantially completed.  Failure to provide notice hereunder shall not be the basis for any liability or for injury or damage caused by such defect of or waiver of right to cause any defect to be corrected.

 

3.3                                Landlord will (a) cause the Contractor under the construction contract with respect to the Work (the “Construction Contract”) to provide a warranty for the Work on the terms of Section 12.2.2.1 of the AIA A201 General Conditions (2007), (b) cause the Contractor to name Tenant as a third party beneficiary under the Construction Contract, and (c) deliver a true and complete copy of the Construction Contract to Tenant promptly following Landlord’s and the Contractor’s execution of the same.  With respect to any material defects or deficiencies in the Work performed with respect to the (i) Pre-Expansion Premises of which Tenant notifies Landlord in writing prior to the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Commencement Date, and/or (ii) Expansion Premises of which Tenant notifies Landlord in writing prior to the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, then, as applicable, Landlord will cause the Contractor to repair and correct such defect or deficiency promptly after receipt of such written notice.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be responsible to repair or correct (A) defective work or materials installed by or at the direction of Tenant and/or Tenant’s Tel/Data Contractor, (B) damage arising out of or resulting from the negligence or misuse by Tenant or its contractors, employees, or agents (including, without limitation, Tenant’s Tel/Data Contractor), or (C) usual and customary wear and tear.  With respect to any material defects or deficiencies in the Work after the one (1) year anniversary of the (y) Commencement Date with respect to the Pre-Expansion Premises, and/or (x) Expansion Premises Commencement Date with respect to the Expansion Premises, as applicable, shall be chargeable to Tenant in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 4.1.2 of the Lease.

 

3.4                                Landlord shall name Tenant as a loss payee as Tenant’s interest may appear (Property Special Form) under the property insurance policy that Landlord is obligated to maintain pursuant to Section 11.4 of this Lease while the Base Building Work, the Landlord’s Work and the Entrance Work is being performed and shall provide to Tenant, prior to commencement of the Work, a certificate of insurance for Landlord’s property insurance policy on ACORD Form 27; provided, however, upon and following the Substantial Completion Date with respect to the Landlord’s Work, (a) Landlord shall no longer be required to name Tenant as a loss payee under such property insurance policy, and (b) Tenant shall be required to insure the Base Building Work located wholly within Tenant’s Premises, the

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

B-3



 

Landlord’s Work, the Entrance Work and the other physical and structural portions of the Premises under Tenant’s Property Insurance Policy pursuant to Section 11.1 and Section 11.2 of this Lease.

 

4.                                       Completion of the Work .

 

4.1                                In the event that Landlord anticipates that (a) the Landlord’s Work for the Pre-Expansion Premises, the Base Building Work and the Entrance Work shall not be completed by the Scheduled Commencement Date, or (b) the Landlord’s Work for the Expansion Premises shall not be completed by the Expansion Premises Scheduled Commencement Date, Landlord shall give Tenant not less than ten (10) days’ notice in writing of the date upon which Landlord expects to tender the Pre-Expansion Premises or the Expansion Premises, as the case may be, with the Landlord’s Work, the Base Building Work and/or the Entrance Work relating to the Pre-Expansion Premises and/or the Expansion Premises (as applicable) substantially completed.  In the event of any dispute as to when and whether the Landlord’s Work, the Base Building Work and/or the Entrance Work has been substantially completed, the certificate of occupancy (whether temporary or permanent) issued by the local governmental authority  (a “Certificate of Occupancy”) shall be conclusive evidence of such completion with respect to the Pre-Expansion Premises and/or the Expansion Premises (as applicable), effective on the date of the delivery of a copy of any such certificate to Tenant (each, a “Substantial Completion Date”).

 

4.2                                If Landlord shall be delayed in substantially completing any aspect of the Landlord’s Work, the Base Building Work and/or the Entrance Work or in obtaining the applicable Certificate of Occupancy with respect to the Pre-Expansion Premises and/or the Expansion Premises (as applicable) as a result of any Tenant Delay or act or omission by Tenant, its agents, employees, representatives or contractors, or any one or more of them, including without limitation, the following:

 

4.2.1                      Tenant’s failure to pay any amounts required hereunder within the period set forth herein; or

 

4.2.2                      Tenant’s request for any materials, finishes or installations other than as listed on Schedule I hereof; or

 

4.2.3                      Tenant’s delay in providing the Preliminary Plans, the Working Drawings and/or the final Tenant’s Plans as and when required herein or in supplying SGA, Landlord’s consultants (the “Consultants”) or the Contractor with any requested information; or

 

4.2.4                      Tenant’s material changes at any time or from time to time in any one or more of the Tenant Plans, regardless of Landlord’s approval of any such changes; or

 

4.2.5                      The performance or completion by Tenant, or any person or entity employed by Tenant, of any work on or about any portion of the Premises, including without limitation, any disharmony, labor disturbance or interference caused by such performance or completion; or

 

4.2.6                      Any other act or omission by Tenant or any of its agents, employees, representatives or contractors (including, without limitation, those listed in Section 2.4 of the Lease); then, notwithstanding the fact that substantial completion has not occurred, (a) the Commencement Date, the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the Pre-Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date and the Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date shall be accelerated by the number of days

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

B-4



 

of such Tenant Delay, but in no event to a date earlier than the original Commencement Date, and (b) Tenant shall pay to Landlord (i) additional rent equal to 1/365th of the Annual Rent for every day of such Tenant Delay, and (ii) any increase in the Cost of Landlord’s Work (as hereinafter defined), the budgeted cost of the Base Building Work and the budgeted cost of the Entrance Work as a result of such Tenant Delay.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the foregoing events shall constitute a Tenant Delay unless (x) the same results in an actual delay in the ability to perform the Work, and (y) Landlord notifies Tenant in writing of the claimed Tenant Delay within forty-eight (48) hours following the event claimed to be a Tenant Delay.

 

5.                                       Tenant’s Default .  If Tenant shall fail to comply with any term, provision or agreement hereunder, and if any such failure is not cured within five (5) business days following written notice to Tenant, then, in addition to any other remedies granted Landlord under the Lease in the case of default by Tenant (including, without limitation, pursuant to Article 19) and any remedies provided for elsewhere in this Exhibit B or available at law or equity, Landlord may elect, upon notice to Tenant, to complete the construction of the Landlord’s Work pursuant to the Tenant’s Plans as approved by Landlord and Tenant or complete any work which Landlord and Tenant have agreed to in writing, tendering possession to Tenant upon substantial completion thereof, the date of such tender being deemed to be the Commencement Date under the Lease, and charge Tenant for the additional costs of completing any other work, the plans and specifications for which have not been agreed to by Landlord and Tenant, but which Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, deems necessary for the completion of the Premises.

 

6.                                       Early Entry .  Landlord shall permit Tenant and Tenant’s Tel/Data Contractors to enter the Pre-Expansion Premises at least sixty (60) days prior to the Commencement Date and the Expansion Premises at least sixty (60) days prior to the Expansion Premises Commencement Date (each such period, an “Early Access Period”) so that Tenant may perform the Tenant’s Tel/Data Work. Tenant’s access shall be subject to the condition that Tenant and Tenant’s Tel/Data Contractors shall work in harmony and not interfere with Landlord, Landlord’s Contractor and their agents and contractors in performing their work or with any other tenants and occupants of the Buildings.  If at any time such entry shall cause or threaten to cause such disharmony or interference, Landlord, in its sole discretion, shall have the right to withdraw and cancel such license upon twenty-four (24) hours written notice to Tenant and any further prior entry shall be postponed and coordinated.  Tenant agrees that any entry into and any occupation of the Premises shall be deemed to be under all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of the Lease, except as to the covenant to pay the Monthly Installment of Rent or any additional rent.  In addition to any other conditions or limitations on such license to enter the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant expressly agrees that neither it nor any of Tenant’s Tel/Data Contractors shall enter the Pre-Expansion Premises prior to the Commencement Date or the Expansion Premises prior to the Expansion Premises Commencement Date unless and until each of them shall furnish such assurances to Landlord, including but not limited to, insurance coverages, waivers of lien, surety company performance bonds and personal guaranties of individuals of substance, as Landlord shall require to protect Landlord against any loss, casualty, liability, liens or claims.

 

7.                                       Allowances .

 

7.1                                Landlord shall be obligated to pay for the costs incurred with respect to the design and performance of the Landlord’s Work for both the Pre-Expansion Premises and the Expansion Premises

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

B-5



 

(collectively, the “Cost of Landlord’s Work”) up to the amount of Six Million Sixty-Three Thousand Six Hundred Two and 50/100 Dollars ($6,063,602.50) (the “Allowance”), subject to the terms and provisions hereof.  To the extent that the Cost of Landlord’s Work exceeds the Allowance, and so long as Landlord has approved any portion of the Cost of Landlord’s Work that exceeds the Allowance and the portions of the Landlord’s Work relating thereto, Tenant shall be entirely responsible for such excess.  The Allowance shall be payable by Landlord directly to the Contractor in installments as the Landlord’s Work progresses.  Prior to payment of any such installment of the Allowance, Landlord must be reasonably satisfied with the Landlord’s Work performed to date and any required partial and/or final lien waivers must have been provided.  Following the completion of the Landlord’s Work, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all further sums necessary to pay for the Cost of Landlord’s Work in excess of the Allowance within fifteen (15) days following Tenant’s receipt of an invoice and reasonable back-up evidence therefor, which invoices shall be presented to Tenant no more frequently than once every thirty (30) days.  In the event that the Allowance exceeds the Cost of Landlord’s Work, then, provided this Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default hereunder (a) Landlord shall reimburse Tenant, out of the unused portions of the Allowance, for the actual cost of Tenant’s Tel/Data Work and/or moving expenses within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s receipt of an invoice for such Tenant’s Tel/Data Work and/or moving expenses, and final lien waivers, if applicable, or (b) Tenant shall be entitled to offset such excess against the Annual Base Rent coming due during the first (1 st ) Lease Year, commencing on the Pre-Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date until fully expended, in either case up to the amount of Four Hundred Twenty-Eight Thousand Nineteen and No/100 Dollars ($428,019.00) in the aggregate.  Any such excess shall be used and/or applied by Tenant on or before the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date or Tenant’s rights thereto shall be automatically forfeited.

 

7.2                                Landlord shall charge Tenant (and Tenant shall pay to Landlord) a construction management fee of two and 50/100 percent (2.5%) of the total hard construction costs for the Landlord’s Work and the Entrance Work (the “Construction Management Fee”).  The Construction Management Fee shall be paid by Tenant within fifteen (15) days of Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefor or, at Landlord’s option, shall be deducted from the Allowance.

 

7.3                                Landlord shall be obligated to pay for the costs incurred with respect to the design and performance of the Entrance Work up to the amount of Three Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($375,000.00) (the “Entrance Work Allowance”), subject to the terms and provisions hereof.  Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall elect to either (a) pay to Landlord the amount of the cost of the Entrance Work (the “Cost of Entrance Work”) in excess of the Entrance Work Allowance, as reasonably estimated by Landlord at such time, or (b) (i) reimburse Landlord for such excess, up to the amount of Three Hundred Seventy-Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($375,000.00) (the “Additional Entrance Work Allowance”), amortized over the initial Term with interest on the unamortized portion at ten percent (10%) per annum, in monthly installments with the payment of each Monthly Installment of Rent until fully paid, and (ii) pay to Landlord the difference between the Cost of Entrance Work and the combined amount of the Entrance Work Allowance and the Additional Entrance Work Allowance.  The Entrance Work Allowance and, if applicable, the Additional Entrance Work Allowance, shall be payable by Landlord directly to the Contractor in installments as the Entrance Work progresses.  Prior to payment of any such installment of the Entrance Work Allowance and, if applicable, the Additional Entrance Work Allowance, Landlord must be reasonably satisfied with the Entrance Work performed to date and any required partial and/or final lien waivers must have been provided.  Following the

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

B-6



 

completion of the Entrance Work, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all further sums necessary to pay for the cost of the Entrance Work in excess of the Entrance Work Allowance and, if applicable, the Additional Entrance Work Allowance, within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of an invoice and reasonable back-up evidence therefor.

 

7.4          In the event that Landlord sells, transfers or otherwise conveys the Buildings to an unaffiliated third party prior to the completion of the Work as more particularly set forth herein, then Landlord shall escrow any then unused and/or unapplied portions of the Allowance, the Entrance Work Allowance, the Additional Entrance Work Allowance and the Tenant’s Plan Allowance with a mutually acceptable third party escrow agent pursuant to terms and provisions reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant to ensure that such amounts are available to be used and applied pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Lease.

 

8.             Miscellaneous .

 

8.1          Tenant expressly assumes the responsibility and obligation of supplying the Consultants and the Contractor with all information concerning Tenant’s requirements with respect to the Landlord’s Work, the Base Building Work and the Entrance Work as and when requested by any of the Consultants.

 

8.2          Except as set forth in this Exhibit B , Landlord has no other agreement with Tenant and has no obligation to do any work except the Landlord’s Work, the Base Building Work and the Entrance Work with respect to the Premises.  Any other work in the Premises which may be permitted by Landlord pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Lease shall be done at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Lease and such additional requirements as Landlord deems necessary or desirable.

 

8.3          All rights and remedies of parties herein created or otherwise existing at law or in equity are cumulative, and the exercise of one or more such rights or remedies shall not be deemed to exclude or waive the right to the exercise of any other rights or remedies.  All such rights and remedies may be exercised and enforced concurrently and whenever and as often as deemed desirable.

 

8.4          This Exhibit B shall not be deemed applicable to any additional space added to the Premises at any time or from time to time, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, or to any portion of the Premises or any additions thereto in the event of a renewal or extension of the original term of the Lease, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise.

 

8.5          Whenever there is a disagreement between the parties with respect to construction by Landlord of the Landlord’s Work, the Base Building Work or the Entrance Work and such disagreement is not resolved by the parties within a period of seven (7) days following the commencement of such disagreement, with each party, acting reasonably and in good faith, then such disagreement shall be definitively determined by Joe Albanese, Chief Executive Officer of Commodore Builders (the “Dispute Resolution Consultant”) within three (3) business days following written notice from the parties regarding such dispute and reasonable back-up evidence relating thereto; provided, that, if Joe Albanese is not able to serve as the Dispute Resolution Consultant, the parties shall work in good faith to promptly appoint a mutually-acceptable replacement.  Landlord and Tenant shall split equally the cost of the Dispute Resolution Consultant.  During the resolution period, the parties agree to cooperate with one another so as to proceed with construction and with their respective obligations hereunder in a timely

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

B-7



 

manner; provided, however, the Substantial Completion Date with respect to the matter in dispute shall be tolled pending the resolution of such dispute.  The Dispute Resolution Consultant shall be provided a copy of this section of the Lease and agrees to be bound by the same.  Each determination under this Section 8.5 shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

B-8



 

SCHEDULE I

 

CONCEPT PLANS FOR THE ENTRANCE WORK

 

[See Attached]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

B-9



 

SCHEDULE II

 

BASE BUILDING WORK

 

The following shall constitute the “Base Building Work,” which shall be completed by Landlord (a) on or before the Commencement Date (except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Schedule II below), (b) at Landlord’s sole cost and expense outside of the Allowance and the Entrance Work Allowance, and (c) in compliance with all applicable building codes and governmental requirements, including without limitation the ADA, utilizing building standard materials (except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Schedule II below):

 

Base Building Work Affecting the 20 Crosby Premises :

 

·                   Install new HVAC system and DDC controls including installation of new VAV boxes as follows; 1/600 RSF for the perimeter (including electric reheat) and 1/1,200 RSF for interior, all required medium pressure ductwork, and any necessary structural support required for the new roof top units.  Subject to any Force Majeure Events or Tenant Delay, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete this work by September 1, 2014.  This new HVAC system must be capable of delivering conditioned air to Tenant space that meets the following specifications (which load calculations are based on 1/150 SF and a combined lighting and power of 6 watts/SF):

 

·               Outdoor Summer- 90.4 db/72.8 wb

·               Indoor Summer-75db/62wb 50%rh

·               Outdoor winter- 9.6 db

·               Indoor winter-72 db no humidification

·               Outdoor air @ 20 cfm per person full conditioned.

 

·                   Removal and disposal of existing ceiling tiles, lighting and ductwork which is not slated for reuse within the 20 Crosby Premises.  Subject to any Force Majeure Events or Tenant Delay, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete this work at least four (4) months prior to the Commencement Date.

·                   Upgrade and renovate all of the existing restrooms within the 20 Crosby Premises.  Subject to any Force Majeure Events or Tenant Delay, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete this work prior to the Commencement Date. It is understood that Tenant and Landlord shall mutually agree to fit and finishes within the restrooms.

·                   Confirm interior stairwell code for both smoke/evacuation curtain requirements.

·                   Cause the ingress/egress stairwell to be in compliance with all applicable building codes and governmental requirements, including without limitation the ADA, utilizing building standard materials.

 

Base Building Work Affecting the 28 Crosby Premises :

 

·                   Remove all materials currently being stored in the 28 Crosby Premises.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

B-10



 

Base Building Work Affecting the Entire Premises :

 

·                   Removal of any and all existing communications wiring located within the Premises and conduits connected thereto.  Subject to any Force Majeure Events or Tenant Delay, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete this work in the Pre-Expansion Premises at least four (4) months prior to the Commencement Date and in the Expansion Premises at least four (4) months prior to the Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

·                   Any existing window coverings shall be delivered in clean and good condition free of any material defects.  Subject to any Force Majeure Events or Tenant Delay, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete this work in the Pre-Expansion Premises prior to the Commencement Date and in the Expansion Premises prior to the Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

·                   Replace all existing single level water coolers to bi-level to meet ADA standards.  Subject to any Force Majeure Events or Tenant Delay, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete this work in the Pre-Expansion Premises prior to the Commencement Date and in the Expansion Premises prior to the Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

·                   Insulate all roof drain piping to eliminate condensation and dripping.  Subject to any Force Majeure Events or Tenant Delay, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete this work in the Pre-Expansion Premises prior to the Commencement Date and in the Expansion Premises prior to the Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

·                   Ensure that all concrete floors within the Premises are free of any material defects.

·                   Fire alarm panels have all been recently replaced and comply with current codes.

·                   Construct Tenant demising partitions including all associated work.

·                   Ensure that the Building restrooms, elevators, stairs and entries are all compliant with applicable and all applicable building codes and governmental requirements, including without limitation the ADA, including any engineering review, design or construction related to the foregoing.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

B-11



 

SCHEDULE III

 

STANDARDS FOR TENANT’S PLANS

 

1.             The Tenant’s Plans shall contain the following information:

 

a.                                       A layout of the Premises showing demising, corridor and exterior walls in relationship to the Building core.  The locations of exterior window mullions, columns, stairways and other building features shall also be shown on the Tenant’s Plans.

 

b.                                       The location and composition of all walls.  Non-standard improvements, such as walls requiring insulation, half walls, vinyl wall coverings or walls requiring special construction must be clearly noted on the Tenant’s Plans. Sectional details must be provided to adequately describe the construction of any non-standard wall.

 

c.                                        The location, size and swing of all doors.  All doors shall conform with Landlord’s standard door specifications, unless otherwise noted on the Tenant’s Plans.

 

d.                                       A description of flooring materials.

 

e.                                        A reflected ceiling plan showing the layout of lighting fixtures, switches, and any other non-standard improvements which are to be located within the ceiling system.

 

f.                                         The location of all telephone and electrical outlets.  Non-standard improvements, such as outlets to be located more than twelve (12) inches above the floor, dedicated circuit outlets or high amperage/voltage outlets must be clearly noted on the Tenant’s Plans.

 

2.                                       The Working Drawings shall be prepared at a scale of not less than 1/8”=l foot and in accordance with Landlord’s design/build specification.

 

3.                                       All Working Drawings shall be prepared based upon the use of Landlord’s Building Standard Improvements.  All improvements must conform to Landlord’s design/build specifications.

 

4.                                      The Tenant’s Plans shall contain sufficient notations, specifications and details to describe all improvements, including but not limited to:

 

a.                                       Insulated walls, special wall coverings, graphics, special painting or special wall materials such as plate glass or glass block.

 

b.                                       Door dimensions, thickness, hardware or locks.

 

c.                                        Flooring materials.

 

d.                                       Electrical outlets requiring a dedicated circuit, more than 120 volts or more than 15 amperes.

 

e.                                        Telephone outlets requiring more than 3/4 inch diameter conduit.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

B-12



 

f.                                         Light fixtures, exhaust fans, ceiling heights, or ceiling designs using non-standard materials.

 

g.                                        Any special conduits, receptacles or electrical devices necessary to serve communications equipment, computers or other facilities to be installed by Tenant.

 

h.                                       Any special requirements to accommodate handicapped employees of Tenant within the Premises.

 

i.                                           Any requirements for fire protection of computers, other equipment or materials installed by Tenant.

 

j.                                          Any requirements for special fire detection or life safety equipment not required by applicable building codes in effect at the time of construction.

 

k.                                       Any special reinforcing of the floor system which will be necessary to support computers, filing systems, equipment or furnishings having a load exceeding fifty (50) pounds per square foot of floor area.

 

l.                                           Any special requirements for humidity control, temperature control, extra air-conditioning capacity, ventilation or heating which would not be provided by Landlord’s standard building systems.  Such special requirements may arise as a result of Tenant’s desire to install a computer or other equipment which generates heat, food preparation facilities, bathrooms, laboratories, microfilm storage or other special facilities, equipment or products.

 

m.                                   Any private bathrooms, wet-bars, kitchens, vending machines or other installations requiring plumbing work or ventilation.

 

n.                                       Any cabinetry, wood paneling, reception desks, built-in shelving or furniture.

 

o.                                       Any improvement which will require modification of the Building’s structural, mechanical or electrical components.

 

p.                                       Sufficient details, specifications and other information as may be necessary for accurate pricing of any other non-standard improvements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

B-13



 

EXHIBIT C — COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

 

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the

Lease Reference Date of January 27, 2014 between

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC., AS TENANT

 

COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

 

THIS MEMORANDUM, made as of           , 20          , by and between            (“Landlord”) and            (“Tenant”).

 

Recitals :

 

A.                                     Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease, dated for reference           , 20           (the “Lease”) for certain premises (the “Premises”) consisting of approximately            square feet at the building commonly known as           .

 

B.                                     Tenant is in possession of the Premises and the Term of the Lease has commenced.

 

C.                                     Landlord and Tenant desire to enter into this Memorandum confirming the Commencement Date, the Termination Date and other matters under the Lease.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1.             The actual Commencement Date is                   .

 

2.             The actual Expansion Premises Commencement Date is                         .

 

3.             The actual Pre-Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date is                   .

 

4.             The actual Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date is                 .

 

5.             The actual Termination Date is                   .

 

6.             The schedule of the Annual Rent and the Monthly Installment of Rent set forth on the Reference Pages is deleted in its entirety, and the following is substituted therefor:

 

[insert rent schedule]

 

7.             The actual Termination Option Deadline is                                 .

 

8.             In the event that Tenant timely and validly exercises its Termination Option pursuant to Article 42 of the Lease, the actual Early Termination Date will be                                         .

 

9.             In the event that Tenant timely and validly exercises its Termination Option pursuant to Article 42 of the Lease, the Termination Fee payable pursuant to Article 42 of the Lease is $4,140,846.10.

 

10.          Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

C-1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

              DO NOT SIGN

 

By:

              DO NOT SIGN

Name:

 

Name:

Title:

 

Title:

Dated:

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

C-2



 

EXHIBIT D — RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the

Lease Reference Date of January 27, 2014 between

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC., as Tenant

 

1.                                       Intentionally Omitted.

 

2.                                       If Landlord objects in writing to any curtains, blinds, shades or screens attached to or hung in or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises, Tenant shall immediately discontinue such use.  No awning shall be permitted on any part of the Premises.  Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed against or near any glass partitions or doors or windows which may appear unsightly, in the opinion of Landlord, from outside the Premises.

 

3.                                       Tenant shall not obstruct any sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, or stairways of the Building. No tenant and no employee or invitee of any tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building.

 

4.                                       Any directory of the Building, if provided, will be exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only and Landlord reserves the right to exclude any other names.  Landlord reserves the right to charge for Tenant’s directory listing.

 

5.                                       All cleaning and janitorial services for the Building and the Premises shall be provided exclusively through Landlord.  Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by carelessness or indifference to the good order and cleanliness of the Premises.  Except as otherwise expressly set forth in the Lease, Landlord shall not in any way be responsible to any Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage to any Tenant’s property by the janitor or any other employee or any other person.

 

6.                                       The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed.  No foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown into any of them, and the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the Tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

 

7.                                       Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within its Premises.  Tenant shall not place in any trash box or receptacle any material which cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash and garbage disposal.  All garbage and refuse disposal shall be made in accordance with directions issued from time to time by Landlord; provided, that, Landlord shall pickup any refuse from the place where it is initially deposited by Tenant within its Premises. Subject to the foregoing, Tenant will comply with any and all recycling procedures designated by Landlord.

 

8.                                       Landlord will furnish Tenant two (2) keys free of charge to each door in the Premises that has a passage way lock.  Landlord may charge Tenant a reasonable amount for any additional keys made by Landlord at Tenant’s request.  Tenant shall not alter any lock or install a new or additional lock or bolt on any door of its Premises.  Tenant, upon the termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

D-1



 

keys of all doors which have been furnished to Tenant, and in the event of loss of any keys so furnished, shall pay Landlord therefor.

 

9.                                       If Tenant requires telephone, data, burglar alarm or similar service, the cost of purchasing, installing and maintaining such service shall be borne solely by Tenant.  No boring or cutting for wires will be allowed without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

10.                                No equipment, materials, furniture, packages, bulk supplies, merchandise or other property will be received in the Building or carried in the elevators except between such hours and in such elevators as may be designated by Landlord.  The persons employed to move such equipment or materials in or out of the Building must be acceptable to Landlord.

 

11.                                Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor which exceeds the load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by law.  Heavy objects shall stand on such platforms as determined by Landlord to be necessary to properly distribute the weight.  Business machines and mechanical equipment belonging to Tenant which cause noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building or to any space in the Building to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord or to any tenants shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate the noise or vibration.  Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such equipment or other property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by maintaining or moving such equipment or other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

 

12.                                Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access to the Building of all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord would be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation or interests of the Building and its tenants, provided that nothing contained in this rule shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom any tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of its business, unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities.  Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building between the hours of 6 p.m. and 7 a.m. the following day, or such other hours as may be established from time to time by Landlord, and on Sundays and legal holidays, any person unless that person is known to the person or employee in charge of the Building and has a pass or is properly identified.  Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons.  Landlord shall not be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person.

 

13.                                Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied or approved in writing by Landlord.

 

14.                                Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning.  Tenant shall keep corridor doors closed. Tenant shall close and lock the doors of its Premises and entirely shut off all water faucets or other water apparatus and electricity, gas or air outlets before Tenant and its employees leave the Premises.  Tenant shall be responsible for any damage or injuries sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Building or by Landlord for noncompliance with this rule.

 

15.                                Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, satellite dish (except as otherwise expressly set forth in Article 47 of the Lease), loudspeaker or other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion, and which consent may in any event be conditioned upon Tenant’s execution of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

D-2



 

Landlord’s standard form of license agreement.  Tenant shall be responsible for any interference caused by such installation.

 

16.                                Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, woodwork, plaster, or drywall (except for pictures, dry erase boards, tackboards and similar office uses) or in any way deface the Premises.  Tenant shall not cut or bore holes for wires.  Tenant shall not affix any floor covering to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord.  Tenant shall repair any damage resulting from noncompliance with this rule.

 

17.                                Tenant shall not install, maintain or operate upon the Premises any vending machine without Landlord’s prior written consent, except that Tenant may install food and drink vending machines solely for the convenience of its employees.

 

18.                                No cooking shall be done or permitted by any tenant on the Premises, except that Underwriters’ Laboratory approved microwave ovens or equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages shall be permitted provided that such equipment and use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

 

19.                                Tenant shall not use in any space or in the public halls of the Building any hand trucks except those equipped with the rubber tires and side guards or such other material-handling equipment as Landlord may approve.  Tenant shall not bring any other vehicles of any kind into the Building.

 

20.                                Tenant shall not permit any motor vehicles to be washed or mechanical work or maintenance of motor vehicles to be performed in any parking lot.

 

21.                                Landlord shall have the right, exercisable without notice and without liability to any tenant, to change the name and address of the Building.

 

22.                                Tenant requests for services must be submitted to the Building office by an authorized individual.  Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instruction from Landlord, and no employee of Landlord will admit any person (Tenant or otherwise) to any office without specific instructions from Landlord.

 

23.                                Tenant shall not permit smoking or carrying of lighted cigarettes or cigars other than in areas designated by Landlord as smoking areas.

 

24.                                Canvassing, soliciting, distribution of handbills or any other written material in the Building is prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.  No tenant shall solicit business from other tenants or permit the sale of any good or merchandise in the Building without the written consent of Landlord.

 

25.                                Tenant shall not permit any animals other than service animals, e.g. seeing-eye dogs, to be brought or kept in or about the Premises or any Common Area of the Building.

 

26.                                These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of any lease of any premises in the Building. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant or tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

D-3



 

of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant or tenants, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Building.

 

27.                                Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be needed for safety and security, for care and cleanliness of the Building, and for the preservation of good order in and about the Building.  Tenant agrees to abide by all such rules and regulations herein stated and any additional rules and regulations which are adopted. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the foregoing rules by Tenant’s employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and guests.

 

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

D-4



 

EXHIBIT E FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

 

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the

Lease Reference Date of January 27, 2014 between

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC., as Tenant

 

[See Attached]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

E-1



 

EXHIBIT F TENANT’S EXCLUSIVE PARKING SPACES

 

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the

Lease Reference Date of January 27, 2014 between

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC., as Tenant

 

[See Attached]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

F-1



 

EXHIBIT G CLEANING SPECIFICATIONS

 

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the

Lease Reference Date of January 27, 2014 between

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC., as Tenant

 

I.                                         OFFICE AREAS

 

A.                                     Daily - business days (Mon-Fri, 6:00 pm — 10:00 pm, excluding holidays)

 

1.               Thoroughly vacuum all carpeted areas including edges and corners.

2.               Empty and clean all waste receptacles and remove waste material from the premises: change wastebasket liners as necessary. Wash receptacles as needed.

3.               Sweep and dust mop all uncarpeted areas using a dust treated mop

4.               Vacuum carpeting and rugs in all traffic and main areas. Check for, and vacuum all obvious debris under desks, behind and under waste containers, including interior walk-off mats if present.

5.               Clean conference room tables, and place chairs under desks or tables in orderly fashion.

6.               Spot clean glass on tenant entrance doors and interior glass partitions.

7.               Spot clean by damp wiping fingerprints, smears and smudges on walls, doors, frames, kick and push plates, handles, and light switches.

8.               Clean spots and stains on rug and V.C.T.

9.               Damp wipe all Formica counter tops, sinks, and table tops.

10.        Wash clean all water fountains and adjacent floor area.

11.        Wipe clean all brass and other bright work.

12.        Remove all finger marks from private doors, light switches, and doorways.

13.        Upon completion of cleaning, all lights will be turned off, doors locked, and alarms engaged if applicable, leaving the premises in an orderly condition.

14.        Hand dust and wipe clean with treated clothes, all horizontal surfaces, including furniture, office equipment, to include telephones and other lightweight desk equipment.

 

B.                                     Weekly

 

1.               Wash all glass at tenant entrance doors and sidelights.

2.               Dust all closet shelving, coat racks, etc.

3.               Brush and hand dust all carpet edges and other areas inaccessible to vacuum attachments.

4.               Dust all ventilation and air conditioning louvers and grills.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

G-1



 

5.               Windowsills, door ledges, chair rails and countertops, cubicle partition tops (with particular attention not to move any personal belongings, papers or fragile objects).

 

C.                                     Monthly

 

1.               Render high dusting not reached in nightly cleaning to include, but not limited to:

 

a.               Dusting of all pictures, frames, charts, graphs, and similar wall hangings.

b.               Dusting of all vertical surfaces, such as walls, partitions, doors and door frames, etc.

c.                Dusting of all pipes, ducts, and high moldings.

d.               Dusting of all vertical and horizontal blinds

 

2.               Move and vacuum clean underneath all furniture that can reasonably be moved.

 

II.                                    LAVATORIES

 

A.                                     Daily - business days (Mon-Fri, excluding holidays)

 

1.               Sweep, wash and rinse all floors thoroughly, using a disinfectant.

2.               Wash all basins, bowls, urinals, and shower stalls.

3.               Empty and clean paper towel and sanitary disposal receptacles.  Replace liners back into receptacles.

4.               Refill and maintain cleanliness, tissue holders, soap dispensers, towel dispenser, toilet tissue, and sanitary dispensers.

5.               A non-acidic sanitizing solution will be used in all lavatory cleaning.

6.               Wash and polish all mirrors, powder shelves, bright work, flushometers, piping and toilet seat hinges.

7.               Wash both sides of all toilet seats, clean basins and urinals

8.               Remove waste paper and refuse to designated areas on the premises.

9.               Check and refill, if necessary, all automatic deodorizing equipment

 

B.                                     Weekly

 

1.               Wash all partitions and walls

2.               Vacuum all air vents.

3.               Wipe down all high light fixtures.

4.               Flush floor drains with disinfectant

 

C.                                     Quarterly

 

1.               Machine scrub floors

2.               Wash all waste receptacle with germicidal solution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

G-2



 

III.                               LOBBIES AND COMMON AREAS

 

A.                                     Daily - business days (Mon-Fri, excluding holidays)

 

1.               Empty all wastebaskets and change liners, empty exterior cigarette urns, and ash trays.

2.               Vacuum rugs, mats and carpeted areas.

3.               Inspect carpet for spots and stains, removing where possible.

4.               Spot clean all interior glass in partitions, doors and lobbies.

5.               Clean and sanitize drinking fountains.

6.               Sweep and damp mop lobby floor and remove all excess water. (With special attention paid during winter months, to include vacuum walk-off mats and keep floors dry and safe).

7.               Clean entrance glass doors.

8.               Hand dust and wipe clean with treated cloths all furniture, window sills, railings, and planters.

9.               Dust and wash all directory signs in lobby and on tenant floors.

10.        Spot clean by damp wiping fingerprints, smears, smudges on walls, doors, and frames.

11.        Clean any and all metal work inside lobby.

12.        Clean any and all metal work surrounding building entrance doors.

13.        Dust handrails.

14.        Building exit stairways shall be policed nightly to remove all debris, damp mop as necessary to remove spills.  Monthly dust mop landings and stairs.  Spot clean and dust walls, handrails, and fixtures as necessary.

 

B.                                     Weekly

 

1.               Dust all artwork

2.               Dust air vents

 

IV.                                CAFETERIA/DINING & KITCHEN AREAS (If Applicable)

 

A.                                     Nightly

 

1.               Remove all trash and replace liners nightly.

2.               Remove dust from furniture, window ledges, radiators, coat racks, artificial plants, paintings and other wall decorations.

3.               Thoroughly wipe down all tables and chairs, including legs and bases.

4.               Put all tables and chairs back to original position.

5.               Wipe down all trash containers.

6.               Spot clean doors and walls especially around and behind trash receptacles.

7.               Thoroughly vacuum all carpeting and spot clean daily.

8.               Thoroughly dry-mop and damp mop all hard surfaces to remove all visible evidence of traffic patterns, dust, dirt, spills and stains.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

G-3



 

B.                                     Periodic

 

1.               Spray buff or high speed burnish all hard surface floors weekly.

2.               Clean and wash all ceiling vents as needed.

3.               Machine scrub all hard surfaces monthly

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

G-4



 

EXHIBIT H-1 22 CROSBY RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER SPACE

 

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the

Lease Reference Date of January 27, 2014 between

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC., as Tenant

 

[See Attached]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

H-1-1



 

EXHIBIT H-2 28 CROSBY RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER SPACE

 

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the

Lease Reference Date of January 27, 2014 between

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC., as Tenant

 

[See Attached]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

H-2-1



 

EXHIBIT H-3 28 CROSBY SECOND FLOOR RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER SPACE

 

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the

Lease Reference Date of January 27, 2014 between

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC., as Tenant

 

[See Attached]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

H-3-1



 

EXHIBIT I FORM OF NOTICE OF LEASE

 

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the

Lease Reference Date of January 27, 2014 between

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC., as Tenant

 

NOTICE OF LEASE

 

Pursuant to Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 183, Section 4, notice is hereby given of the following Lease:

 

Landlord:

 

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., a Maryland corporation, having a place of business at c/o RREEF, 4 Technology Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581.

 

 

 

Tenant:

 

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC., a Delaware corporation, having a place of business at 20 Crosby Drive, Bedford, Massachusetts 01730.

 

 

 

Date of
Lease:

 

January       , 2014.

 

 

 

Description
of
Leased
Premises:

 

Approximately 142,673 rentable square feet located in the buildings known as and numbered 20 Crosby Drive, 22 Crosby Drive and 28 Crosby Drive, Bedford, Middlesex County, Massachusetts (collectively, the “ Buildings ”), as more particularly described hereinbelow. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease, the Leased Premises consists of approximately: (a) 78,689 rentable square feet in the building known as and numbered 20 Crosby Drive, Bedford, Massachusetts; (b) 27,185 rentable square feet on the second (2 nd ) floor of the building known as and numbered 28 Crosby Drive, Bedford, Massachusetts; and (c) 36,799 rentable square feet on the second (2 nd ) floor of the building known as and numbered 22 Crosby Drive, Bedford, Massachusetts.

 

 

 

 

 

For Landlord’s title to the Buildings, see Quitclaim Deed dated June 21, 2006, filed with the Middlesex South Registry District of the Land Court as Document No. 01414349. The legal description for the land upon which the Buildings are situated is more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

 

 

Term of
Lease:

 

Approximately ten (10) years, five (5) months, beginning on the Commencement Date (as defined in the Lease).

 

 

 

Extension
Options:

 

Two (2) options to extend for a term of five (5) years each.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

I-1



 

This instrument is executed as notice of the aforesaid Lease and is not intended, nor shall it be deemed, to vary or govern the interpretation of the terms and conditions thereof.

 

EXECUTED as a sealed instrument this            day of                                               , 2014.

 

 

LANDLORD :

 

 

 

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name: David F. Crane

 

 

 

Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name: Joseph Cappelletti

 

 

 

Title: Vice President & Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT :

 

 

 

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name: Antonio Pietri

 

 

 

Title: President & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:  Roger Kuebel

 

 

 

Title:  Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

I-2



 

COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

 

Worcester, ss.

 

On this        day of                                           , 2014, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared David F. Crane, proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification, which was                                                 , to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document, and acknowledged to me that he signed it voluntarily for its stated purpose as Vice President of RAR2-Crosby Corporate Center QRS, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

[AFFIX SEAL]

My commission expires:

 

STATE OF ILLINOIS

Cook County, ss.

 

On this        day of                                                   , 2014, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared Joseph Cappelletti, proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification, which was                                                             , to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document, and acknowledged to me that he signed it voluntarily for its stated purpose as Vice President and Treasurer of RAR2-Crosby Corporate Center QRS, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

[AFFIX SEAL]

My commission expires:

 

                  OF                  

 

                                                      , ss.

 

On this        day of January, 2014, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared Antonio Pietri, proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification, which was                                                 , to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document, and acknowledged to me that he signed it voluntarily for its stated purpose as President & Chief Executive Officer of Aspen Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

[AFFIX SEAL]

My commission expires:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

I-3



 

                  OF                  

 

, ss.

 

On this        day of January, 2014, before me, the undersigned notary public, personally appeared Roger Kuebel, proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification, which was                                                 , to be the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document, and acknowledged to me that he signed it voluntarily for its stated purpose as Treasurer of Aspen Technology, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

[AFFIX SEAL]

My commission expires:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

I-4



 

Exhibit A

 

Legal Description

 

[See Attached]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

I-5


EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Antonio J. Pietri, certify that:

 

1.               I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Aspen Technology, Inc.;

 

2.               Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.               Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.               The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a.               Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b.               Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c.                Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d.               Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.               The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a.               All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b.               Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:   January 30, 2014

/s/ ANTONIO. J. PIETRI

 

Antonio J. Pietri

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

( Principal Executive Officer)

 


EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Mark P. Sullivan, certify that:

 

1.               I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Aspen Technology, Inc.;

 

2.               Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.               Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.               The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a.               Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b.               Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c.                Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d.               Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.               The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a.               All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b.               Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date:  January 30, 2014

/s/ MARK P. SULLIVAN

 

Mark P. Sullivan

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 


EXHIBIT 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

 SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Aspen Technology, Inc. (the “Company”) for the quarter ended December 31, 2013, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned hereby certifies in his capacity as an officer of the Company, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to his knowledge:

 

1.               The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2.               The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date:   January 30, 2014

/s/ ANTONIO J. PIETRI

 

Antonio J. Pietri

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Date:   January 30, 2014

/s/ MARK P. SULLIVAN

 

Mark P. Sullivan

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Aspen Technology, Inc. and will be retained by Aspen Technology, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.